547

manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001
Page 2: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Table of Contents

1: General Information

00: Service Information

2: Chassis

04: Suspension

05: Driveline

06: Brake System

11: Steering System

3: Powertrain

03: Engine

07: Automatic Transmission

08: Manual Transmission, Clutch and Transfer Case

09: Exhaust System

10: Fuel System

4: Electrical

12: Climate Control System

13: Instrumentation and Warning Systems

14: Battery and Charging System

15: Audio Systems

17: Lighting

18: Electrical Distribution

19: Electronic Feature Group

5: Body and Paint

01: Body

02: Frame and Mounting

Page 3: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Chart

DTC Description Source Action B1213 Anti-Theft Number of

Programmed Keys is Below Minimum

PCM REFER to Section 419-01.

B1231 Longitudinal Acceleration Threshold Exceeded

RCM REFER to Section 501-20B.

B1309 Power Door Lock Circuit Short to Ground

Central security module

REFER to Section 501-14.

B1313 Battery Saver Relay Coil Circuit Open, Short to

Ground

GEM REFER to Section 417-02.

B1315 Battery Saver Relay Circuit Short to Battery

GEM REFER to Section 417-02.

B1317 Battery Voltage High 4WD control module

REFER to Section 414-00.

B1317 Battery Voltage High GEM REFER to Section 414-00.

B1318 Battery Voltage Low 4WD control module

REFER to Section 414-00.

B1318 Battery Voltage Low RCM REFER to Section 414-00.

B1318 Battery Voltage Low GEM REFER to Section 414-00.

B1322 Driver Door Ajar Circuit Short to Ground

GEM REFER to Section 417-02.

B1323 Door Ajar Lamp Circuit Failure

GEM REFER to Section 413-01.

B1325 Door Ajar Lamp Circuit Short to Battery

GEM REFER to Section 413-01.

B1330 RF Door Ajar Circuit Short to Ground

GEM REFER to Section 417-02.

B1334 Decklid Ajar Rear Door Circuit Short to Ground

GEM REFER to Section 417-02.

B1340 Chime Input Request Circuit Short to Ground

GEM REFER to Section 413-09.

B1341 Power Door Unlock Circuit Short to Ground

Central security module

REFER to Section 501-14.

B1342 ECU is Defective ABS module

CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test. If DTC B1342 is retrieved, INSTALL a new ABS module. REFER to Section 206-09. CLEAR the DTCs.

REPEAT the self-test.

B1342 ECU is Defective Central security module

CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test. If DTC B1342 is retrieved, INSTALL a new central security module. REFER to Vehicle Security Module in this

section. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

B1342 ECU is Defective 4WD CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test. If DTC

Page 4: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

control module

B1342 is retrieved, INSTALL a new 4WD Control Module. REFER to Section 308-07A . CLEAR the

DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

B1342 ECU is Defective GEM CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test. If DTC B1342 is retrieved, INSTALL a new GEM. REFER

to Generic Electronic Module (GEM) in this section. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

B1342 ECU is Defective RCM CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test. If DTC B1342 is retrieved, INSTALL a new RCM. REFER to Section 501-20B . CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT

the self-test.

B1345 Heated Backlite Input Circuit Short to Ground

GEM REFER to Section 501-11.

B1347 Heated Backlite Relay Circuit Failure

GEM REFER to Section 501-11.

B1349 Heated Backlite Relay Short to Battery

GEM REFER to Section 501-11.

B1352 Ignition Key-In Circuit Failure

GEM REFER to Section 413-09.

B1355 Ignition Run Circuit Failure

4WD control module

REFER to Section 211-05.

B1355 Ignition Run Circuit Failure

GEM REFER to Section 211-05.

B1359 Ignition Run/Acc Circuit Failure

GEM REFER to Section 211-05.

B1365 Ignition Start Circuit Failure

GEM REFER to Section 211-05.

B1371 Illuminated Entry Relay Circuit Failure

GEM REFER to Section 417-02.

B1373 Illuminated Entry Relay Short to Battery

GEM REFER to Section 417-02.

B1398 LF Power Window One Touch Window Relay

Circuit Failure

GEM REFER to Section 501-11.

B1400 LF Power Window One Touch Window Relay

Circuit Short to Battery

GEM REFER to Section 501-11.

B1405 LF Power Window Down Circuit Short to Battery

GEM REFER to Section 501-11.

B1408 LF Power Window Up Circuit Short to Battery

GEM REFER to Section 501-11.

B1410 LF Power Window Motor Circuit Failure

GEM REFER to Section 501-11.

B1426 Safety Belt Lamp Circuit Short to Battery

GEM REFER to Section 413-01.

B1428 Safety Belt Lamp Circuit Failure

GEM REFER to Section 413-01.

B1431 Wiper Brake/Run Relay Circuit Failure

GEM REFER to Section 501-16.

B1432 Wiper Brake/Run Relay GEM REFER to Section 501-16.

Page 5: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Circuit Short to Battery

B1434 Wiper Hi/Low Speed Relay Circuit Failure

GEM REFER to Section 501-16.

B1436 Wiper Hi/Low Speed Relay Circuit Short to

Battery

GEM REFER to Section 501-16.

B1438 Wiper Mode Select Switch Circuit Failure

GEM REFER to Section 501-16.

B1441 Wiper Mode Select Switch Circuit Short to Ground

GEM REFER to Section 501-16.

B1446 Wiper Park Sense Circuit Failure

GEM REFER to Section 501-16.

B1450 Wiper Wash/Delay Switch Circuit Failure

GEM REFER to Section 501-16.

B1453 Wiper Wash/Delay Switch Circuit Short to Ground

GEM REFER to Section 501-16.

B1458 Wiper Washer Pump Motor Relay Circuit

Failure

GEM REFER to Section 501-16.

B1460 Wiper Washer Pump Motor Relay Circuit Short

to Battery

GEM REFER to Section 501-16.

B1462 Safety Belt Switch Circuit Failure

GEM REFER to Section 413-09.

B1466 Wiper Hi/Low Speed Not Switching

GEM REFER to Section 501-16.

B1473 Wiper Low Speed Circuit Motor Failure

GEM REFER to Section 501-16.

B1476 Wiper High Speed Circuit Motor Failure

GEM REFER to Section 501-16.

B1483 Brake Pedal Input Circuit Failure

GEM REFER to Section 308-07A.

B1485 Brake Pedal Input Circuit Short to Battery

4WD control module

REFER to Section 308-07A.

B1485 Brake Pedal Input Circuit Short to Battery

ABS module

REFER to Section 308-07A.

B1485 Brake Pedal Input Circuit Short to Battery

Central security module

REFER to Section 308-07A.

B1526 Keyless Entry Circuit Short to Ground

Central security module

REFER to Section 501-14.

B1555 Ignition Run/Start Circuit Failure

4WD control module

REFER to Section 211-05.

B1562 Door Lock Cylinder Circuit Short to Ground

Central security module

REFER to Section 501-14.

B1577 Park Lamp Input Circuit Short to Battery

GEM REFER to Section 413-09.

Page 6: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

B1600 PATS Ignition Key Transponder Signal is Not

Received

PCM REFER to Section 419-01.

B1601 PATS Received Incorrect Key-Code From Ignition

Key Transponder

PCM REFER to Section 419-01.

B1602 PATS Received Invalid Format of Key-Code From Ignition Key Transponder

PCM REFER to Section 419-01.

B1610 Illuminated Entry Input Circuit Short to Ground

GEM REFER to Section 417-02.

B1629 PRNDL Reverse Input Short to Battery

Central security module

REFER to Section 501-14.

B1676 Battery Pack Voltage Out of Range

ABS module

REFER to Section 206-09.

B1681 PATS Transceiver Module Signal is Not Received

PCM REFER to Section 419-01.

B1840 Wiper Front Power Circuit Failure

GEM REFER to Section 501-16.

B1869 Lamp Air Bag Warning Indicator Circuit Open

RCM REFER to Section 501-20B.

B1870 Lamp Air Bag Warning Indicator Circuit Short to

Battery

RCM REFER to Section 501-20B.

B1871 Passenger Air Bag Deactivate Module Fault

RCM REFER to Section 501-20B.

B1877 Driver Safety Belt Pretensioner Circuit Open

RCM REFER to Section 501-20B.

B1878 Driver Safety Belt Pretensioner Circuit Short

to Battery

RCM REFER to Section 501-20B.

B1879 Driver Safety Belt Pretensioner Circuit Short

to Ground

RCM REFER to Section 501-20B.

B1881 Passenger Safety Belt Pretensioner Circuit Open

RCM REFER to Section 501-20B.

B1882 Passenger Safety Belt Pretensioner Circuit Short

to Battery

RCM REFER to Section 501-20B.

B1883 Passenger Safety Belt Pretensioner Circuit Short

to Ground

RCM REFER to Section 501-20B.

B1884 PAD Warning Lamp Inoperative

RCM REFER to Section 501-20B.

B1885 Driver Safety Belt Pretensioner Circuit

Resistance Low on Squib

RCM REFER to Section 501-20B.

B1886 Passenger Safety Belt Pretensioner Circuit

Resistance Low on Squib

RCM REFER to Section 501-20B.

B1887 Driver Air Bag Circuit RCM REFER to Section 501-20B.

Page 7: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Short to Ground

B1888 Passenger Air Bag Circuit Short to Ground

RCM REFER to Section 501-20B.

B1889 Passenger Air Bag Deactivate Module Sensor

Obstructed

RCM REFER to Section 501-20B.

B1890 PAD Warning Lamp Circuit Short to Battery

RCM REFER to Section 501-14.

B1891 Air Bag tone Warning Indicator Circuit Short to

Battery

RCM REFER to Section 501-20B.

B1892 Air Bag Tone Warning Indicator Circuit Failure

RCM REFER to Section 501-20B.

B1901 Air Bag Crash Sensor No. 1 Feed/Return Circuit

Short to Ground

RCM REFER to Section 501-20B.

B1916 Driver Air Bag Circuit Short to Battery

RCM REFER to Section 501-20B.

B1921 Air Bag Diagnostic Monitor Ground Circuit

Open

RCM REFER to Section 501-20B.

B1925 Passenger Air Bag Circuit Short to Battery

RCM REFER to Section 501-20B.

B1932 Driver Air Bag Circuit Open

RCM REFER to Section 501-20B.

B1933 Passenger Air Bag Circuit Open

RCM REFER to Section 501-20B.

B1934 Driver Air Bag Inflator Circuit Resistance Low on

Squib

RCM REFER to Section 501-20B.

B1935 Passenger Air Bag Inflator Circuit Resistance Low on

Squib

RCM REFER to Section 501-20B.

B1941 Air Bag Crash Sensor No. 1 Feed/Return Circuit

Open

RCM REFER to Section 501-20B.

B2103 Antenna Not Connected PCM REFER to Section 419-01.

B2106 Throttle Position Input Out of Range High

4WD control module

REFER to Powertrain Control/Emissions Diagnosis (PC/ED) manual..

B2276 Less Than Two Transmitters Programmed

Central security module

REFER to Section 501-14.

B2425 Remote Keyless Entry Out of Synchronization

Central security module

REFER to Section 501-14.

B2431 Transponder Programming Failure

PCM REFER to Section 419-01.

B2477 Module Configuration Failure

Central security module

REFER to Section 418-01.

Page 8: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

B2477 Module Configuration Failure

GEM REFER to Section 418-01.

B2477 Module Configuration Failure

RCM REFER to Section 418-01.

B9610 Illuminated Entry Input Short Circuit to Ground

GEM No Action

C1095 ABS Hydraulic Pump Motor Circuit Failure

ABS module

REFER to Section 206-09.

C1145 RF Wheel Speed Sensor Input Circuit Failure

ABS module

REFER to Section 206-09.

C1155 LF Wheel Speed Sensor Input Circuit Failure

ABS module

REFER to Section 206-09.

C1230 Wheel Speed Sensor Rear Center Input Circuit

Failure

ABS module

REFER to Section 206-09.

C1233 LF Wheel Speed Input Signal Missing

ABS module

REFER to Section 206-09.

C1234 RF Wheel Speed Input Signal Missing

ABS module

REFER to Section 206-09.

C1237 Rear Wheel Speed Input Signal Missing

ABS module

REFER to Section 206-09.

C1728 Transfer Case Unable to Transition Between 2H and

4H

4WD control module

REFER to Section 308-07A.

C1729 Transfer Case Unable to Transition Between 4H and

4L

4WD control module

REFER to Section 308-07A.

C1939 Brake Pressure Switch Input Circuit Failure

ABS module

REFER to Section 206-09.

P0500 Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Malfunction

4WD control module

REFER to Section 206-09.

P0500 Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Malfunction

GEM REFER to Section 308-07A.

P1804 Transmission 4-Wheel Drive High Indicator

Circuit Failure

4WD control module

REFER to Section 308-07A.

P1806 Transmission 4-Wheel Drive High Indicator

Circuit Short to Battery

4WD control module

REFER to Section 308-07A.

P1808 Transmission 4-Wheel Drive Low Indicator

Circuit Failure

4WD control module

REFER to Section 308-07A.

P1810 Transmission 4-Wheel Drive Low Indicator

Circuit Short to Battery

4WD control module

REFER to Section 308-07A.

P1812 Transmission 4-Wheel Drive Mode Select Circuit

Failure

4WD control module

REFER to Section 308-07A.

P1815 Transmission 4-Wheel Drive Mode Select Circuit

Short to Ground

4WD control module

REFER to Section 308-07A.

Page 9: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

P1816 Transmission Neutral Safety Switch Circuit

Failure

4WD control module

REFER to Section 308-07A.

P1819 Transmission Neutral Safety Switch Circuit Short

to Ground

4WD control module

REFER to Section 308-07A.

P1849 Transmission Transfer Case Contact Plate A

Circuit Short to Ground

4WD control module

REFER to Section 308-07A.

P1853 Transmission Transfer Case Contact Plate B

Circuit Short to Ground

4WD control module

REFER to Section 308-07A.

P1857 Transmission Transfer Case Contact Plate C

Circuit Short to Ground

4WD control module

REFER to Section 308-07A.

P1861 Transmission Transfer Case Contact Plate D

Circuit Short to Ground

4WD control module

REFER to Section 308-07A.

P1867 Transmission Transfer Case Contact Plate General

Circuit Failure

4WD control module

REFER to Section 308-07A.

P1891 Transmission Transfer Case Contact Plate Ground

Return Circuit Open

4WD control module

REFER to Section 308-07A.

Page 10: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

2001 Ranger Contents/Index

GROUP 06: Brake System

SECTION 206-00: Brake System — General Information

SECTION 206-02: Drum Brake

SECTION 206-03: Front Disc Brake

SECTION 206-05: Parking Brake and Actuation

SECTION 206-06: Hydraulic Brake Actuation

SECTION 206-07: Power Brake Actuation

SECTION 206-09: Anti-Lock Control

Page 11: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

2001 Ranger Contents/Index

GROUP 06: Brake System

SECTION 206-09: Anti-Lock Control

SPECIFICATIONS

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

Anti-Lock Control — (4WABS)

DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING

Anti-Lock Control

Principles of Operation

Inspection and Verification

Symptom Chart

Pinpoint Tests

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

Hydraulic Control Unit

Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module

Sensor — Front 4x2

Sensor — Front 4x4

Sensor — Rear

Sensor Indicator — Front 4x2

Sensor Indicator — Front 4x4

Sensor Indicator — Rear

Page 12: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 206-09: Anti-Lock Control 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

SPECIFICATIONS Procedure revision date: 03/08/2004

Torque Specifications

Description Nm lb-ft lb -in

Battery ground cable bolt 8.5 — 75.5

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) module bolts 2.0 — 18

Hydraulic control unit (HCU) to bracket bolts 9 — 80

Front wheel speed sensor bolt (4x2) 12 8.5 —

Front wheel speed sensor bolt (4x4) 8 — 71

Front wheel speed sensor wire retaining bolt (4x4) 8 — 71

Inlet brake line to HCU nuts (M10-1) 23 17 —

Outlet brake line to HCU nuts (M12-1) 18 13 —

Rear axle speed sensor bolt 27 20 —

Page 13: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 206-09: Anti-Lock Control 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION Procedure revision date: 03/08/2004

Anti-Lock Control — (4WABS)

The anti-lock control system consists of the following components:

• hydraulic control unit (HCU)

• anti-lock brake system (ABS) module

• rear axle speed sensor

• rear axle speed sensor indicator

• front wheel speed sensor

• front wheel speed sensor indicator

• yellow ABS warning indicator

• brake pressure switch

Page 14: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 206-09: Anti-Lock Control 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING Procedure revision date: 03/08/2004

Anti-Lock Control

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Section 206-09 for schematic and connector information.

Special Tool(s)

Digital Analog DMM (Series III) 105-R0057 or equivalent

Automotive DMM w/Pickup 105-R0053 or equivalent

Breakout Box, EEC-IV Control System 418-005 (014-00322) (T83L-50-EEC-IV) or equivalent

Worldwide Diagnostic System (WDS) 418-F224 or equivalent diagnostic tool with appropriate adapter cable

Connector, ABS Electrical System 418-063 (T97P-50-ALA)

Principles of Operation

The anti-lock brake system (ABS) operates as follows:

• When the brakes are applied, fluid is forced from the brake master cylinder outlet ports to the hydraulic control unit (HCU) inlet ports. This pressure is transmitted through four normally open solenoid valves contained inside the HCU and then through the outlet ports of the HCU to each wheel.

• If the ABS module senses a wheel is about to lock, based on wheel speed sensor data, it closes the normally open solenoid valve for that circuit. This prevents any more fluid from entering that circuit.

• The ABS module then looks at the wheel speed sensor signal from the affected wheel(s) again.

• If that wheel(s) is still decelerating, it opens the closed solenoid valve for that circuit.

Page 15: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

• Once the affected wheel comes back up to speed, the ABS module returns the valves to their normal condition, allowing fluid to flow to the affected brake.

• The ABS module monitors the electromechanical components of the system.

• A malfunction in the ABS will cause the ABS module to shut off or inhibit the system. However, normal power-assisted braking remains.

• Malfunctions are indicated by a yellow ABS warning indicator in the instrument cluster (10849).

• The ABS is self-monitoring. When the ignition switch is turned to the RUN position, the ABS module will carry out a preliminary self-check on the anti-lock electrical system indicated by a three-second illumination of the yellow ABS warning indicator in the instrument cluster.

• During vehicle operation, including normal and anti-lock braking, the ABS module monitors all electrical anti-lock functions and some hydraulic operations.

• Each time the vehicle is driven to approximately 32 km/h (20 mph), the ABS module turns on the pump motor for approximately one-half second. At this time, a mechanical noise may be heard. This is a normal function of the self-check by the ABS module.

• Pedal pulsation coupled with noise while braking on loose gravel, bumps, wet or snowy roads is normal and indicates correct functioning of the vehicle's ABS system.

Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU)

The HCU consists of the following components:

• brake pressure control valve block

• pump motor

New brake pressure control valve block and pump motor are installed as an assembly.

Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module

NOTE: The ABS module is 4x2 and 4x4 specific. Do not interchange modules.

The ABS module is mounted to the HCU.

It is an on-board diagnostic, non-repairable unit consisting of two microprocessors and the necessary circuitry for their operation. The ABS module monitors system operation during normal driving as well as during anti-lock braking.

ABS module operation is as follows:

• Under normal driving conditions, the microprocessor produces short test pulses to the solenoid valves that check the electrical system without any mechanical reaction.

• Impending wheel lock conditions trigger signals from the ABS module that open and close the appropriate solenoid valves. This results in moderate pulsations in the brake pedal (2455).

• The ABS module used in 4x4 application includes a G-sensor. It detects vehicle movements during a brake lockup event that is transferred to other wheels through the powertrain.

During normal braking, the brake pedal feel will be identical to a standard brake system.

Most faults that occur in the ABS will be stored as a diagnostic trouble code (DTC) in the keep-alive memory of the ABS module. The DTCs can be retrieved by following the on-board diagnostic procedures.

Page 16: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Wheel Speed Sensor

NOTE: Any time a wheel speed sensor is removed, thoroughly clean the mounting surfaces. On front wheel speed sensors, apply High-Temperature 4x4 Front Axle and Wheel Bearing Grease E8TZ-19590-A or equivalent meeting Ford specification ESA-M1C198-A.

The ABS uses three variable-reluctance sensors to determine vehicle speed. The wheel speed sensors operate on magnetic induction principle. As the teeth on the wheel speed sensor indicator rotate past the stationary sensor, a signal proportional to the speed of the rotation is generated and sent to the ABS module through a twisted cable and shielded wiring harness.

Inspection and Verification

1. Verify the customer concern by applying the brakes under different conditions.

2. Visually inspect for obvious signs of mechanical and electrical damage.

Visual Inspection Chart

Mechanical Electrical

• Parking brake cable

• Tire pressure

• Tire size or mismatched tires

• Central junction box (CJB) fuse(s):

� 14 (10A)

� 11 (7.5A)

� 9 (7.5A)

• Battery junction box (BJB) Maxi-Fuse 3 (50A)

• BJB Mini-Fuse 7 (30A)

• Connectors or connections

• Harness routing

• Wire chafing

• Circuitry open/shorted

• Indicator bulb

3. If the fault is not visually evident, connect the diagnostic tool to the data link connector (DLC) located beneath the instrument panel and select the vehicle to be tested from the diagnostic tool menu. If the diagnostic tool does not communicate with the vehicle:

• check that the program card is correctly installed.

• check the connections to the vehicle.

• check the ignition switch position.

4. If the diagnostic tool still does not communicate with the vehicle, refer to the diagnostic tool manual.

5. Carry out the diagnostic tool data link test. If the diagnostic tool responds with:

Page 17: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

• SCP or ISO = all electronic control units no response/not equipped, refer to Section 418-00.

• No response/not equipped for the ABS module, GO to Pinpoint Test A.

• System passed, retrieve and record the continuous diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), erase the continuous DTCs and carry out self-test diagnostics for the ABS module.

6. If the DTCs retrieved are related to the concern, go to the Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Index to continue diagnostics.

7. If no DTCs related to the concern are retrieved, proceed to the Symptom Chart.

Warning Lamp Indicators

The ABS uses the yellow ABS warning indicator to alert the driver of malfunctions in the ABS.

The yellow ABS warning indicator will come on for numerous reasons. It warns the driver that the ABS has been deactivated due to a symptom that exists in the ABS. Normal power assist braking remains, but wheels can lock during a panic stop while the yellow ABS warning indicator is illuminated.

The diagnostic procedures must be followed step-by-step in order to correct the condition.

Electronic Brake Distribution (EBD)

The electronic brake distribution (EBD) controls rear brake pressure and acts as an electronic proportioning valve. It is controlled by the ABS module. When EBD is disabled, the brake warning indicator will illuminate.

Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module Diagnostic Tro uble Code (DTC) Index

DTC Description Source Action

B1342 Anti-Lock Brake Control Module Failure

ABS Module

INSTALL a new ABS module. REFER to Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module in this

section. REPEAT the self-test.

B1485 Brake Pedal Position (BPP) Switch Circuit

Failure

ABS Module

IGNORE the DTC. This DTC applies only to traction control vehicles.

B1676 Battery Voltage Out Of Range

ABS Module

GO to Pinpoint Test B.

C1939 Brake Pressure Switch Circuit Failure

ABS Module

GO to Pinpoint Test G.

C1095 Hydraulic Pump Motor Circuit Failure

ABS Module

GO to Pinpoint Test E.

C1145 RF Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Failure (Static)

ABS Module

GO to Pinpoint Test C.

C1155 LF Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Failure (Static)

ABS Module

GO to Pinpoint Test C.

C1230 Rear Axle Speed Sensor Circuit Failure (Static)

ABS Module

GO to Pinpoint Test C.

C1233 LF Wheel Speed Sensor Output Failure (Dynamic)

ABS Module

GO to Pinpoint Test D.

C1234 RF Wheel Speed Sensor Output Failure (Dynamic)

ABS Module

GO to Pinpoint Test D.

Page 18: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

C1237 Rear Axle Speed Sensor Output Failure (Dynamic)

ABS Module

GO to Pinpoint Test D.

Symptom Chart

Symptom Chart

Condition Possible Source s Action

• No communication with the anti-lock brake system (ABS) module

• Battery junction box (BJB) fuse 3 (50A).

• Central junction box (CJB) fuse 14 (10A).

• Circuitry.

• ABS module.

• GO to Pinpoint Test A.

• Loss of sensor signal during vehicle deceleration or sensor signal drops out at low speed

• Wheel speed sensor indicator.

• Sensor output is weak.

• Air gap.

• GO to Pinpoint Test D.

• Unwarranted ABS activity

• Circuitry.

• Wheel speed sensor.

• GO to Pinpoint Test D.

• Maladjusted rear brakes or "grabby" brake shoe or pad linings

• Rear brake adjustment.

• Linings.

• REFER to Section 206-00.

• Base brake mechanical concern for wheels lockup

• Rear brake shoe linings.

• Wheel cylinder.

• Rear brakes.

• REFER to Section 206-00.

• Parking brake. • REFER to Section 206-05.

• Rear axle seal. • REFER to Section 205-00.

• Base brake hydraulic concern (soft pedal)

• Brake line or hose, fitting, master cylinder, wheel cylinder or caliper.

• Air in brake

• REFER to Section 206-00.

Page 19: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

system.

• Base brake mechanical concern (hard pedal)

• Vacuum boost.

• Wheel cylinder or caliper.

• Brake line or hose.

• REFER to Section 206-00.

• Base brake hydraulic concern during medium/hard brake application

• Brake line or hose, fitting, master cylinder, wheel cylinder or caliper.

• Air in brake system.

• REFER to Section 206-00.

• Base brake mechanical concern during medium/hard brake application

• Vacuum boost.

• Wheel cylinder or caliper.

• Brake line or hose.

• Brake shoe or pad linings.

• REFER to Section 206-00.

• Base brake mechanical concern for vehicle pulls

• Rear brake.

• Caliper.

• Brake pad or shoe wear.

• REFER to Section 206-00.

• Base brake hydraulic concern for vehicle pulls

• Brake line or hose.

• REFER to Section 206-00.

• One wheel locks up; no DTCs recorded

• Base brake. • REFER to Section 206-00.

• Dump valve.

• ISO valve.

• INSTALL a new hydraulic control unit (HCU). REFER to Hydraulic Control Unit in this section.

• The yellow ABS warning indicator does not self-check

• Bulb.

• Circuitry.

• Instrument cluster.

• GO to Pinpoint Test F.

Page 20: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

• Anti-lock brake system (ABS) module.

• Soft or excessive brake pedal

• Brake line or hose, fitting, master cylinder, wheel cylinder, wheel cylinder or caliper.

• Air in brake system.

• Hydraulic control unit (HCU).

• Section 206-00.

• Yellow ABS light always on, no DTC

• Circuitry.

• Module.

• GO to Pinpoint Test H.

Pinpoint Tests

PINPOINT TEST A: NO COMMUNICATION WITH THE ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE

CONDITIONS DETAILS/RESULTS/ACTIONS

A1 CHECK CIRCUIT 601 (LB/PK), 534 (YE/LG) AND 483 (RD)

ABS Module C135

Connect the breakout box.

Measure the voltage between the breakout box pins and ground as follows:

Breakout Box Pin Circuit

20 601 (LB/PK)

Page 21: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

25 483 (RD)

9 534 (YE/LG)

• Are the voltages greater than 10 volts?

Yes GO to A2.

No REPAIR the circuit(s) in question. TEST the system for normal operation.

A2 CHECK CIRCUIT 57 (BK) FOR AN OPEN

Measure the resistance between the breakout box pin 8, circuit 57 (BK) and ground; and between the breakout box pin 24, circuit 57 (BK) and ground.

• Are the resistances less than 5 ohms?

Yes REFER to Section 418-00.

No REPAIR the circuit. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

PINPOINT TEST B: DTC B1676 — BATTERY VOLTAGE OUT OF RANGE

Page 22: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

NOTE: DTC B1676 is generated when the ABS module detects system voltage is less than 9 volts or greater than 19 volts for more than 8 seconds.

CONDITIONS DETAILS/RESULTS/ACTIONS

B1 CHECK RECENT VEHICLE HISTORY

Check recent vehicle history.

• Has the vehicle been jump-started within the past two weeks?

Yes The system is OK. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

No GO to B2.

B2 CHECK THE BATTERY VOLTAGE

Measure the voltage between the positive and negative battery posts.

• Is the voltage between 9 and 19 volts?

Yes GO to B3.

No REFER to Section 414-00.

B3 CHECK CIRCUIT 601 (LB/PK) FOR CORRECT VOLTAGE

ABS Module C135

Connect the breakout box.

Measure the voltage between the breakout box pin 20, circuit 601 (LB/PK) and ground.

Page 23: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

• Is the voltage greater than 10 volts?

Yes GO to B4.

No REPAIR the circuit. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

B4 CHECK CIRCUIT 483 (RD) FOR AN OPEN

Measure the voltage between the breakout box pin 25, circuit 483 (RD) and ground.

• Is the voltage greater than 10 volts?

Yes GO to B5.

No REPAIR the circuit. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

B5 CHECK CIRCUIT 534 (YE/LG) FOR AN OPEN

Measure the voltage between the breakout box pin 9, circuit 534 (YE/LG) and ground.

Page 24: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

• Is the voltage greater than 10 volts?

Yes GO to B6.

No REPAIR the circuit. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

B6 CHECK CIRCUIT 57 (BK) FOR AN OPEN

Measure the resistance between the breakout box pin 8, circuit 57 (BK) and ground; and between the breakout box pin 24, circuit 57 (BK) and ground.

• Are the resistances less than 5 ohms?

Yes INSTALL a new ABS module. REFER to Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module in this section. REPEAT the self-test.

No REPAIR the circuit. CLEAR the DTCs.

PINPOINT TEST C: DTCS C1145, C1155, AND C1230 — ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SENSOR CIRCUIT FAILURE

CONDITIONS DETAILS/RESULTS/ACTIONS

Page 25: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

C1 CHECK THE WHEEL SPEED SENSOR RESISTANCE AT BREAKOUT BOX

ABS Module C135

Connect EEC-IV 60-Pin Breakout Box.

Measure the resistance between EEC-IV 60-Pin Breakout Box pins for the suspect wheel speed sensor as follows:

Wheel Speed Sensor

EEC-IV 60-Pin Breakout Box

Positive Probe

Negative Probe

LF 17 18

RF 3 4

Rear 22 21

• Is the resistance between 800 and 1400 ohms (front 4x2), 800 and 2500 ohms (rear), or 380 and 480 ohms (front 4x4)?

Yes GO to C5.

No GO to C2.

C2 CHECK WHEEL SPEED SENSOR RESISTANCE

Suspect Wheel Speed Sensor

Measure the resistance between suspect wheel speed sensor terminals.

Page 26: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

• Is the resistance between 800 and 1400 ohms (front 4x2), 800 and 3500 ohms (rear), or 380 and 480 ohms (front 4x4)?

Yes GO to C3.

No INSTALL a new wheel speed sensor. If the front wheel speed sensor (4x4), REFER to Sensor — Front 4x4 in this section. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test. If the front wheel speed sensor (4x2), REFER to Sensor — Front 4x2 in this section. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test. If the rear axle speed sensor, REFER to Sensor — Rear in this section. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

C3 CHECK CIRCUIT 521 (TN/OG), 514 (YE/RD), OR 523 (RD/PK)

Measure the resistance between the suspect wheel speed sensor and EEC-IV 60-Pin Breakout Box; and between the suspect wheel speed sensor and ground as follows:

Page 27: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Anti - Lock Brake

Sensor

Sensor Connector

and Circuit

EEC-IV 60-Pin

Breakout Box

LF C151 Pin 2, Circuit 521 (TN/OG)

17

RF C158 Pin 2, Circuit 514 (YE/RD)

3

Rear C421 Pin 2, Circuit 523 (RD/PK)

21

• Is the resistance between the suspect wheel speed sensor and EEC-IV 60-Pin Breakout Box less than 5 ohms; and between the suspect wheel speed sensor and ground greater than 10,000 ohms?

Yes GO to C4.

No REPAIR the circuit in question. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

C4 CHECK CIRCUIT 522 (TN/BK), 516 (YE/BK) OR 519 (LG/BK)

Measure the resistance between the suspect wheel speed sensor and EEC-IV 60-Pin Breakout Box; and between the suspect wheel speed sensor and ground as follows:

Anti - Lock Brake

Sensor

Sensor Connector

and Circuit

EEC-IV 60-Pin

Breakout Box

LF C151 Pin 1, Circuit 522 (TN/BK)

18

Page 28: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

RF C158 Pin 1, Circuit 516 (YE/BK)

19

Rear C421 Pin 1, Circuit 519 (LG/BK)

22

• Is the resistance between the suspect wheel speed sensor and EEC-IV 60-Pin Breakout Box less than 5 ohms; and between the suspect wheel speed sensor and ground greater than 10,000 ohms?

Yes GO to C8.

No REPAIR the circuit in question. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

C5 CHECK THE SUSPECT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER

Suspect Wheel Speed Sensor

Measure the voltage between the suspect EEC-IV 60-Pin Breakout Box pins and ground as follows:

Wheel Speed Sensor

EEC-IV 60-Pin Breakout Box

Page 29: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

LF 17

RF 3

Rear 22

• Is voltage present?

Yes REPAIR the circuit in question. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

No GO to C6.

C6 CHECK CIRCUIT 521 (TN/OG), 514 (YE/RD) or 523 (RD/PK) FOR SHORT TO GROUND

Measure the resistance between EEC-IV 60-Pin Breakout Box and ground for the suspect wheel speed sensor as follows:

Wheel Speed Sensor

EEC-IV 60-Pin Breakout Box

LF 17

RF 3

Rear 21

• Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?

Yes GO to C7.

No REPAIR the circuit in question. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

C7 CHECK CIRCUIT 522 (TN/BK), 516 (YE/BK) OR 519 (LG/BK) FOR SHORT TO GROUND

Measure the resistance between EEC-IV 60-Pin Breakout Box and ground as follows:

Wheel Speed Sensor

EEC-IV 60-Pin Breakout Box

Page 30: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

LF 18

RF 4

Rear 22

• Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?

Yes GO to C8.

No REPAIR the circuit in question. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

C8 CHECK FOR SHORT TO SPINDLE

If front wheel speed sensor is suspected, measure the resistance between the spindle near the sensor and both terminals of the wheel speed sensor.

If the rear axle speed sensor is suspected, measure the resistance between the rear axle housing near the sensor and both terminals of the wheel speed sensor.

• Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?

Yes

Page 31: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

GO to C9.

No INSTALL a new wheel speed sensor. If the front wheel speed sensor (4x4), REFER to Sensor — Front 4x4 in this section. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test. If the front wheel speed sensor (4x2), REFER to Sensor — Front 4x2 in this section. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test. If the rear axle speed sensor, REFER to Sensor — Rear in this section. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

C9 CHECK WHEEL END ROUTING FOR DAMAGE

Inspect the wheel speed sensor cable at the affected wheel end for chafing or other wiring damage.

• Is damage found?

Yes INSTALL a new wheel speed sensor. If the front wheel speed sensor (4x4), REFER to Sensor — Front 4x4 in this section. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test. If the front wheel speed sensor (4x2), REFER to Sensor — Front 4x2 in this section. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test. If the rear axle speed sensor, REFER to Sensor — Rear in this section. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

No INSTALL a new ABS module. REFER to Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module in this section. REPEAT the self-test.

PINPOINT TEST D: DTCS C1233, C1234, AND C1237 WHEEL SPEED SENSOR OUTPUT FAILURE

NOTE: Any time a wheel speed sensor is removed, thoroughly clean the mounting surfaces. On front wheel speed sensors, apply High Temperature 4x4 Front Axle and Wheel Bearing Grease E8TZ-19590A or equivalent meeting Ford specification ESA-M1C198-A.

CONDITIONS DETAILS/RESULTS/ACTIONS

D1 CHECK THE DTCs FROM THE SELF-TEST

Using the recorded results from the ABS self-test:

Page 32: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

• Are DTCs C1145, C1155 or C1230 present?

Yes GO to Pinpoint Test C.

No GO to D2.

D2 MONITOR THE WHEEL SPEED PIDS

ABS Module PIDs

Use the diagnostic tool to monitor the ABS module wheel speed sensor PIDs while driving the vehicle at a constant speed.

• Are all the wheel speed sensor PID values similar?

Yes CLEAR the DTCs. DRIVE the vehicle. RETRIEVE the DTCs. If DTC C1233, C1234 or C1237 is present, GO to D10.

No GO to D3.

D3 INSPECT THE WHEEL SPEED SENSOR MOUNTING

Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to Section 100-04.

Inspect the wheel speed sensor for looseness.

• Is the wheel speed sensor

Page 33: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

loose?

Yes TORQUE the wheel speed sensor to specification. CLEAR the DTCs. GO to D4.

No GO to D5.

D4 RECHECK THE WHEEL SPEED PIDS

ABS Module PIDs

Use the diagnostic tool to monitor the ABS module wheel speed sensor PIDs while driving the vehicle at a constant speed.

• Are all the wheel speed sensor PID values similar?

Yes The vehicle is OK. Concern may have been caused by a loose wheel speed sensor.

No GO to D5.

D5 CHECK THE WHEEL SPEED SENSOR FOR DAMAGE

Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to Section 100-04.

CAUTION: Examine the wheel

speed sensor wire carefully with a good light source. Failure to verify damage in the wheel speed sensor wire can lead to unnecessary installation of a new component.

Page 34: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Inspect the wheel speed sensor for general damage.

• Is the wheel speed sensor OK?

Yes GO to D6.

No INSTALL a new wheel speed sensor. REFER to Sensor — Front 4x2, Sensor — Front 4x4 or Sensor — Rear in this section. CLEAR the DTCs. TEST the system for normal operation.

D6 CHECK FOR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR RING DAMAGE

Remove the wheel speed sensor. Refer to Sensor — Front 4x2, Sensor — Front 4x4 or Sensor — Rear in this section.

Inspect the wheel speed sensor ring for damaged or missing teeth. Rotate the wheel to verify that no teeth are missing.

• Is the wheel speed sensor ring OK?

Yes GO to D7.

No INSTALL a new hub and bearing (front wheel), rear halfshaft (rear wheel) or ring gear. REFER to Section 204-00 or Section 205-00 respectively. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

D7 CHECK FOR BEARING DAMAGE

Inspect the wheel bearings for damage.

• Are the wheel bearings OK?

Yes GO to D8.

No INSTALL a new wheel bearing as necessary. REFER to Section 204-00. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

D8 CHECK WHEEL SPEED SENSOR OUTPUT AT EEC-IV 60-PIN BREAKOUT BOX

Page 35: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Raise the vehicle so that all wheels are free to spin.

ABS Module C135

Connect EEC-IV 60-Pin Breakout Box.

While spinning the suspect wheel at a constant speed, measure the AC voltage of the suspect wheel speed sensor between EEC-IV 60-Pin Breakout Box pins as follows:

Wheel Speed Sensor

EEC-IV 60-Pin Breakout Box

Positive Probe

Negative Probe

LF 17 18

RF 3 4

Rear 22 21

• Is there any voltage present?

Yes INSTALL a new ABS module. REFER to Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module in this section. REPEAT the self-test.

No GO to D9.

D9 CHECK THE WHEEL SPEED SENSOR OUTPUT

Suspect Wheel Speed Sensor

While spinning the suspect wheel at a constant speed, measure the AC voltage between the suspect wheel speed sensor terminals.

Page 36: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

• Is there any voltage present?

Yes REPAIR the suspect wheel speed sensor circuit(s) in question. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

No INSTALL a new wheel speed sensor. If front wheel speed sensor (4x4), REFER to Sensor — Front 4x4 in this section. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test. If front wheel speed sensor (4x2), REFER to Sensor — Front 4x2 in this section. CLEAR the DTC's. REPEAT the self-test. If rear wheel speed sensor; REFER to Sensor — Rear in this section.

D10 CHECK FOR CORRECT ABS MODULE OPERATION

Disconnect all ABS connectors.

Check for:

• corrosion

• pushed-out pins

Page 37: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Connect all ABS connectors and make sure they seat correctly.

Operate the system and verify the concern is still present.

• Is the concern still present?

Yes INSTALL a new ABS module. REFER to Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module in this section. TEST the system for normal operation.

No The system is operating correctly at this time. Concern may have been caused by a loose or corroded connector. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

PINPOINT TEST E: DTC C1095 — HYDRAULIC PUMP MOTOR CIRCUIT FAILURE

CONDITIONS DETAILS/RESULTS/ACTIONS

E1 CHECK THE ABS PUMP MOTOR

• Is the pump motor on constantly?

Yes INSTALL a new ABS module. REFER to Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module in this section. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

No GO to E2.

E2 CHECK THE PUMP MOTOR OPERATION

Diagnostic Tool

Page 38: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Trigger the ABS module active command PMP MOTOR ON.

• Does the pump motor operate?

Yes CLEAR the DTC. CHECK the yellow ABS warning indicator while driving the vehicle above 40 km/h (25 mph). If the yellow ABS warning indicator illuminates, INSTALL a new ABS module. REFER to Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module in this section. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test. If the yellow ABS warning indicator does not illuminate, CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

No GO to E3.

E3 CHECK THE PUMP MOTOR

Pump Motor Connector

Connect a fused 30A jumper wire between the positive battery terminal and red ABS pump motor terminal. Connect a jumper wire between the negative battery terminal and brown ABS pump motor terminal.

• Is the ABS pump motor

Page 39: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

running?

Yes GO to E4.

No INSTALL a new HCU. REFER to Hydraulic Control Unit in this section. REPEAT the self-test.

E4 CHECK CIRCUIT 534 (YE/LG) AND CIRCUIT 601 (LB/PK) FOR AN OPEN

ABS Module C135

Connect the breakout box.

Measure the voltage between the breakout box pin 9, circuit 534 (YE/LG) and ground; and between the breakout box pin 20, circuit 601 (LB/PK) and ground.

• Are the voltages greater than 10 volts?

Yes GO to E5.

No REPAIR the circuit(s) in question. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

E5 CHECK CIRCUIT 57 (BK) FOR AN OPEN

Page 40: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Measure the resistance between the breakout box pin 8, circuit 57 (BK) and ground; and between the breakout box pin 24, circuit 57 (BK), and ground.

• Are the resistances less than 5 ohms?

Yes INSTALL a new ABS module. REFER to Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module in this section. REPEAT the self-test.

No REPAIR the circuit. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

PINPOINT TEST F: THE YELLOW ABS WARNING INDICATOR DOES NOT SELF-CHECK

CONDITIONS DETAILS/RESULTS/ACTIONS

F1 CHECK THE ABS MODULE

ABS Module C135

Connect the breakout box.

Connect a fused (10A) jumper

Page 41: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

between the breakout box pin 16, circuit 603 (DG) and ground.

• Does the yellow ABS warning indicator illuminate?

Yes VERIFY that all repair procedures have been carried out and DTCs have been repaired. INSTALL a new ABS module. REFER to Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module in this section. REPEAT the self-test.

No GO to F2.

F2 CHECK CIRCUIT 603 (DG) FOR AN OPEN

Instrument Cluster C288

Measure the resistance between the breakout box pin 16, circuit 603 (DG) and instrument cluster C288 pin 6, circuit 603 (DG).

• Is the resistance less than 5 ohms?

Yes INSTALL a new instrument cluster printed circuit. REFER to Section 413-01. TEST the system for normal

Page 42: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

operation.

No REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.

PINPOINT TEST G: DTC C1939: BRAKE PRESSURE SWITCH (BPS) CIRCUIT FAILURE

CONDITIONS DETAILS/RESULTS/ACTIONS

G1 VERIFY DTC

Clear DTC. Road Test. Repeat the self-test.

• Does code repeat?

Yes GO to G2.

No REVERIFY.

G2 MONITOR BRAKE PRESSURE SWITCH (BPS) PID

• With foot off brake pedal, is battery voltage present?

Page 43: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Yes GO to G3.

No GO to G4.

G3 MONITOR BPS

• While applying the brake pedal, is battery voltage present?

Yes INSTALL a new ABS module.

No GO to G7.

G4 CHECK VOLTAGE TO BPS

Brake Pressure Switch C1025

Measure the voltage between BPS C1025, circuit 276 (BN) and ground.

Page 44: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

• Is the voltage greater than 10 volts?

Yes GO to G5.

No REPAIR the circuit and RETEST. REPAIR/INSTALL new as necessary.

G5 CHECK CIRCUIT 307 (BK/YE) FOR SHORT TO GROUND

ABS Module C135

Brake Pressure Switch C1025

Connect the breakout box.

Measure the resistance between breakout box pin 13 and ground.

Page 45: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

• Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?

Yes GO to G6.

No REPAIR circuit 307 (BK/YE) and REPEAT the self-test.

G6 CHECK CIRCUIT 307 (BK/YE) FOR OPEN

Key Off

ABS Module C135

Brake Pressure Switch C1025

Connect the breakout box.

Measure the resistance between the suspect BPS connector terminal and the breakout box pin 13.

Page 46: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

• Is the resistance less than 5 ohms?

Yes INSTALL a new brake pressure switch and REPEAT the self-test.

No REPAIR circuit 307 (BK/YE) and REPEAT the self-test.

G7 CHECK FOR SHORT TO POWER

Key Off

ABSe Module C135

Brake Pressure Switch C1025

Connect the breakout box.

KOEO

Measure the voltage between the breakout box pin 13 and ground.

Page 47: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

• Is voltage present?

Yes REPAIR circuit 307 (BK/YE) and RETEST.

No INSTALL a new brake pressure switch.

PINPOINT TEST H: YELLOW ABS LIGHT ALWAYS ON, NO DTCS CONDITIONS DETAILS/RESULTS/ACTIONS

H1 CHECK THE MODULE

ABS Module C135

• Does the yellow ABS light illuminate?

Yes GO to H2.

No GO to F1.

H2 CHECK CIRCUIT 603 (DG) FOR SHORT TO GROUND

Page 48: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

At the ABS module connector, press the shorting bar.

• Is the yellow ABS light off?

Yes REPEAT the connector. If light remains on, INSTALL a new ABS module.

No REPAIR circuit 603 (DG). REPEAT the self-test.

Page 49: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 206-09: Anti-Lock Control 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Procedure revision date: 06/26/2000

Hydraulic Control Unit

Removal

WARNING: Brake fluid contains polyglycol ethers an d polyglycols. Avoid contact with eyes. Wash hands thoroughly after handling. If brake fluid contacts eyes, flush eyes with running water for 15 minutes. Get medical attention if irritation persists. If taken internally, drink water and induce vomiting. Get medical attention immediately.

CAUTION: Brake fluid is harmful to painted and pla stic surfaces. If brake fluid is spilled onto a painted or plaster surface, immediat ely wash it with water.

1. Disconnect the battery ground cable.

2. Disconnect the electrical connector by lifting up on the release tab.

3. Disconnect the brake lines from the hydraulic control unit (HCU).

4. Remove the HCU.

1. Remove the bolts.

2. Remove the HCU.

Page 50: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

5. If necessary, remove the anti-lock brake control module.

Installation

1. CAUTION: After the electronic hydraulic control un it is installed, it is necessary to bleed the hydraulic brake system; refe r to Section 206-00 .

NOTE: When the battery is disconnected and reconnected, some abnormal drive symptoms may occur while the vehicle relearns its adaptive strategy. The vehicle may need to be driven 16 km (10 mi) or more to relearn the strategy.

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

Page 51: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 206-09: Anti-Lock Control 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Procedure revision date: 02/13/2003

Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module

Removal

1. Disconnect the battery ground cable.

2. Remove the hydraulic control unit bolts.

3. Disconnect the electrical connectors.

4. Remove the anti-lock brake control module.

1. Remove the bolts.

2. Remove the anti-lock brake control module.

Installation

Page 52: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

1. NOTE: When the battery is disconnected and reconnected, some abnormal drive symptoms may occur while the vehicle relearns its adaptive strategy. The vehicle may need to be driven 16 km (10 mi) or more to relearn the strategy.

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

SECTION 206-09: Anti-Lock Control 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

Page 53: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Procedure revision date: 06/26/2000

Sensor — Front 4x2

Material

Item Specification

High-Temperature 4x4 Front Axle and Wheel Bearing Grease

ESA-M1C198-A

Removal and Installation

Raise and support the vehicle. For additional information, refer to Section 100-02.

Disconnect the front anti-lock brake sensor wire from the vehicle frame.

Disconnect the electrical connector.

Unclip the front anti-lock brake sensor wire from the vehicle frame.

Remove the front anti-lock brake sensor.

Remove the bolt.

Remove the front anti-lock brake sensor.

NOTE: Plug the sensor mount opening and thoroughly clean the mounting surface. Apply

grease.

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

Page 54: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001
Page 55: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 206-09: Anti-Lock Control 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Procedure revision date: 03/08/2004

Sensor — Front 4x4

Removal and Installation

Remove the rotor shield. For additional information, refer to Section 205-03.

Disconnect the electrical connector.

Unclip the wire from the vehicle frame.

Remove the bolt.

NOTE: Plug the sensor mount opening and thoroughly clean the mounting surface. Apply

High Temperature 4x4 Front Axle and Wheel Bearing Grease E8TZ-19590-A meeting Ford Specification ESA-M1C198-A.

Remove the front wheel speed sensor.

Remove the bolt and the sensor.

Page 56: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

Page 57: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 206-09: Anti-Lock Control 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Procedure revision date: 06/26/2000

Sensor — Rear

Material

Item Specification

SAE 75W-140 High Performance Rear Axle Lubricant XY-75W140-QL or equivalent

WSL-M2C192-A

Removal and Installation

Raise and support vehicle. For additional information, refer to Section 100-02.

NOTE: Clean off dirt and foreign material that may have collected around the rear anti-lock brake sensor before removal.

Remove the rear anti-lock brake system (ABS) sensor.

Disconnect the electrical connector.

Remove the bolt.

Remove the sensor.

NOTE: Thoroughly clean the mounting surface.

NOTE: Inspect the anti-lock brake sensor O-ring for damage; lightly lubricate the O-ring with axle lubricant.

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

SECTION 206-09: Anti-Lock Control 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

Page 58: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Procedure revision date: 06/26/2000

Sensor Indicator — Front 4x2

Removal and Installation

For additional information, refer to Section 206-03.

SECTION 206-09: Anti-Lock Control 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

Page 59: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Procedure revision date: 06/26/2000

Sensor Indicator — Front 4x4

Removal and Installation

For additional information, refer to Section 204-01B.

SECTION 206-09: Anti-Lock Control 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

Page 60: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Procedure revision date: 06/26/2000

Sensor Indicator — Rear

Removal and Installation

NOTE: The rear anti-lock brake sensor indicator is attached to the differential case.

For additional information, refer to Section 205-02A.For additional information, refer to Section 205-02B.

Page 61: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 303-01D: Engine — 2.3L 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

IN-VEHICLE REPAIR Procedure revision date: 12/03/2003

Timing Drive Components

Special Tool(s)

Alignment Plate, Camshaft 303-465 (T949-6256-CH)

Removal

CAUTION: The crankshaft, the crankshaft sprocket a nd the pulley are fitted together by friction, with diamond washers between the flange faces on each part. For that reason, the crankshaft sprocket is also un fastened if you loosen the pulley. Therefore the engine must be retimed each t ime the damper is removed. Otherwise severe damage can occur.

1. Remove the engine front cover. For additional information, refer to Engine Front Cover in this section.

2. Remove the timing chain tensioner.

1. Compress the timing chain tensioner, and insert a paper clip into the hole.

2. Remove the bolts and timing chain tensioner.

3. Remove the RH timing chain guide.

Page 62: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

4. Remove the timing chain.

5. Remove the bolts and the LH timing chain guide.

Page 63: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

6. CAUTION: Do not rely on the Camshaft Alignment Pla te to prevent camshaft rotation. Damage to the tool or the camsha ft can occur.

If necessary, remove the bolts and the camshaft sprockets.

• Use the flats on the camshaft to prevent camshaft rotation.

Installation

1. Remove the special tool.

2. CAUTION: Do not rotate the camshafts. Damage to th e valves and pistons can occur.

If the camshaft sprockets were not removed, use the flats on the camshafts to prevent camshaft rotation and loosen the sprocket bolts.

Page 64: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

3. If removed, install the camshaft sprockets and the bolts. Do not tighten the bolts at this time.

4. Install the LH timing chain guide and bolts.

5. Install the timing chain.

6. Install the RH timing chain guide.

Page 65: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

7. Install the timing chain tensioner and the bolts. Remove the paper clip to release the piston.

8. Install the special tool.

9. CAUTION: Do not rely on the Camshaft Alignment Pla te to prevent camshaft rotation. Damage to the tool or the camsha fts can result.

Page 66: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Using the flats on the camshafts to prevent camshaft rotation, tighten the bolts.

10. Install the front cover. For additional information, refer to Engine Front Cover in

this section.

Page 67: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 303-01C: Engine — 4.0L SOHC

SPECIFICATIONS

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

Engine

DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING

Engine

IN-VEHICLE REPAIR

Intake Manifold

Valve Cover — RH

Valve Cover — LH

Crankshaft Pulley

Crankshaft Front Oil Seal

Engine Front Cover

Timing Drive Components — Camshaft Timing

Timing Drive Components — Hydraulic Chain Tensioner, RH

Timing Drive Components — Hydraulic Chain Tensioner, LH

Timing Drive Components — Camshaft Drive Cassette, LH

Valve — Valve Spring

Valve — Valve Seals

Hydraulic Lash Adjusters

Roller Followers

Camshaft — LH

Camshaft — RH

Exhaust Manifold LH

Exhaust Manifold — RH

Cylinder Head — LH

Cylinder Head RH

Oil Pan

Oil Pump Screen and Pickup Tube

Flywheel

Flexplate

Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal

Cylinder Block Cradle

Engine Support Insulators

Page 68: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

REMOVAL

Engine

DISASSEMBLY

Engine

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY OF SUBASSEMBLIES

Cylinder Head

Piston

ASSEMBLY

Engine

INSTALLATION

Engine

Page 69: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 303-01C: Engine — 4.0L SOHC 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

SPECIFICATIONS Procedure revision date: 12/18/2003

General Specifications

Item Specification

Lubricants and Sealants

Super Premium SAE 5W-30 Motor Oil XO-5W30-QSP or equivalent

WSS-M2C205-A

Metal Surface Cleaner F4AZ-19A536-RA or equivalent

WSE-M5B392-A

Silicone Gasket and Sealant F7AZ-19554-EA or equivalent

WSE-M4G323-A4

Silicone Brake Caliper Grease and Dielectric Compound D7AZ-19A331-A or equivalent

ESA-M1C171-A

Motorcraft Premium Engine Coolant VC-4-A (in Oregon VC-5, in Canada CXC-10) or equivalent a

ESE-M97B44-A (green color)

Motorcraft Premium Gold Engine Coolant VC-7-A (in Oregon VC-7-B) or equivalent a b

WSS-M97B51-A1 (yellow color)

Engine — 4.0L SOHC

Displacement liters (cubic inch) 4.0L (244)

Number of cylinders 6

Bore mm (inch) 100.4 (3.953)

Stroke mm (inch) 84.4 (3.31)

Firing order 1-4-2-5-3-6

Minimum oil pressure at 2,000 rpm (engine at normal operating temperature) kPa (psi)

103 (15)

Oil capacity liters/quarts 3.8 (4) with filter

Cyl inder Head and Valve Train

Cylinder head gasket surface flatness mm (inch) 0.08 (0.003) Total

Combustion chamber volume (cc) 65.197 ± 2.068-2.018

Valve arrangement (front to rear) LH=I-E-I-E-I-E RH=E-I-E-I-E-I

Valve guide bore diameter mm (inch) 7.00-7.018 (0.276)

Valve stem diameter intake mm (inch) 6.965-6.98 (0.274-0.275)

Valve stem diameter exhaust mm (inch) 6.95-6.965 (0.274)

Valve stem-to-guide clearance exhaust mm (inch) 0.035-0.068 (0.001-0.003)

Valve stem-to-guide clearance intake mm (inch) 0.020-0.053 (0.001-0.002)

Valve head diameter intake mm (inch) 45.9-46.1 (1.807-1.815)

Valve head diameter exhaust mm (inch) 38.9-39.1 (1.531-1.539)

Valve face runout 0.03 (0.001)

Valve face angle (degrees) 45°

Valve seat width (exhaust and intake) mm (inch) 1.556-2.404 (0.06-0.094) 1.273-2.121 (0.05-0.083)

Page 70: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Valve seat runout (TIR maximum) mm (inch) 0.059 (0.002)

Valve seat angle (degrees) 45°

Valve spring free length intake mm (inch) 43.1 (1.7)

Valve spring free length exhaust mm (inch) 43.1 (1.7)

Valve spring squareness —

Valve spring compression pressure intake (at specified height) (lb)

275-305 Nm at 35.9-36.7 mm (202.84-224.968 lb-ft at 1.413-1.445 inch)

Valve spring compression pressure exhaust (at specified height) (lb)

275-305 Nm at 35.9-36.7 mm (202.84-224.968 lb-ft at 1.413-1.445 inch)

Valve spring installed height intake mm (inch) 39.86-40.86 (1.569-1.601)

Valve spring installed height exhaust mm (inch) 39.86-40.68 (1.569-1.601)

Valve spring installed pressure —

Roller follower ratio —

Camshaft

Theoretical valve lift @ 0 lash —

Lobe lift intake mm (inch) 6.584 (0.259)

Lobe lift exhaust mm (inch) 6.584 (0.259)

Allowable lobe lift loss mm (inch) 0.127 (0.005)

Journal diameter mm (inch) 27.935-27.96 (1.099-1.101)

Journal bore inside diameter mm (inch) 28.0-28.03 (1.102-1.104)

Journal to bearing clearance mm (inch) c 0.04-0.095 (0.002-0.004)

Runout mm (inch) 0.05 (0.002)

End play mm (inch) 0.075-0.185 (0.0003-0.007)

Cylinder Block

Cylinder bore diameter mm (inch) 100.4 (3.953)

Cylinder bore maximum taper mm (inch) 0.025 (0.001)

Cylinder bore maximum out-of-round mm (inch) 0.025 (0.001)

Main bearing bore inside diameter mm (inch) 60.634-60.620 (2.387-2.387)

Head gasket surface flatness mm (inch) 0.1 (0.004) overall

Head gasket surface finish (RMS) 60-150

Crankshaft

Main bearing journal diameter mm (inch) 56.980-57.0 (2.243-2.244)

Main bearing journal maximum taper mm (inch) 0.008 (0.0003)

Main bearing journal maximum out-of-round mm (inch)

0.008 (0.0003)

Main bearing journal-to-cylinder block clearance mm (inch)

Connecting rod journal diameter mm (inch) 53.98-54.0 (2.125-2.126)

Connecting rod journal maximum taper mm (inch) 0.008 (0.0003)

Connecting rod journal maximum out-of-round mm (inch)

0.008 (0.0003)

Crankshaft maximum end play mm (inch) 0.05-0.32 (0.002-0.0126)

Main Bearings

Page 71: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Clearance to crankshaft mm (inch) 0.021-0.039 (0.0008-0.0015)

Clearance to crankshaft allowable mm (inch) 0.013-0.048 (0.0005-0.002)

Bearing wall thickness mm (inch) 1.8-1.806 (0.0709-0.0711)

Piston and Connecting Rod

Piston diameter — coded STD mm (inch) 100.380-100.400 (3.952-3.9528)

Piston diameter — coded 0.5 mm (inch) 100.880-100.900 (3.972)

Piston diameter — coded 1.0 mm (inch) 101.350-101.370 (3.990-3.991)

Piston-to-cylinder bore clearance mm (inch) 0.030-0.060 (0.0012-0.002)

Piston top ring end gap mm (inch) 0.200-0.450 (0.008-0.018)

Piston bottom ring end gap mm (inch) 0.450-0.700 (0.018-0.028)

Piston top ring groove width mm (inch) 1.64-1.66 (0.0645-0.0654)

Piston bottom ring groove width mm (inch) 1.79-1.81 (0.0705-0.0713)

Piston oil ring groove width mm (inch) 3.5-3.53 (0.1378-0.1399)

Piston top ring width mm (inch) 1.578-1.598 (0.062-0.063)

Piston bottom ring width mm (inch) 1.728-1.74 (0.068-0.069)

Piston top ring-to-groove clearance mm (inch) 0.050-0.082 (0.002-0.0003)

Piston bottom ring-to-groove clearance mm (inch) 0.050-0.082 (0.002-0.003)

Piston pin bore diameter (red) mm (inch) 24.007-24.010 (0.945)

Piston pin bore diameter (blue) mm (inch) 24.010-24.013 (0.945)

Piston pin diameter (red) mm (inch) 23.994-23.997 (0.9446-0.9447)

Piston pin diameter (blue) mm (inch) 23.997-24.000 (0.9447-0.9449)

Piston pin length mm (inch) 72.0-72.8 (2.835-2.866)

Piston pin-to-piston pin fit mm (inch) 0.01-0.016 (0.0004-0.0006)

Piston pin-to-connecting rod clearance mm (inch) Press Fit -0.018 to -0.042 (-0.0007 to -0.0017)

Connecting rod pin bore diameter mm (inch) 23.958-23.976 (0.943-0.944)

Connecting rod length mm (inch) 145.965-146.035 (5.746-5.749)

Connecting rod maximum allowed bend mm (inch) 0.0125 (0.00049) per 25.4 mm (1.000)

Connecting rod maximum allowed twist mm (inch) 0.038 (0.0015) per 25.4 mm (1.000)

Connecting rod bearing bore diameter mm (inch) 56.82-56.84 (2.237)

Connecting rod bearing-to-crankshaft clearance mm (inch)

0.013-0.048 (0.005-0.002)

Connecting rod side clearance (assembled to crankshaft) mm (inch)

0.092-0.268 (0.0036-0.0106)

a Use the same type of coolant that was drained from the cooling system. Do not mix coolant types. b The addition of Motorcraft Cooling System Stop Leak Pellets, VC-6, darkens Motorcraft Premium Gold Engine Coolant from yellow to golden tan. c Tighten camshaft bearing cap bolts to 15 Nm (11 lb-ft) when measuring journal clearance.

Torque Specifications

Description Nm lb -ft lb -in

A/C compressor manifold bolt 20 15 —

Page 72: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

A/C line bracket nut 20 15 —

Accelerator control splash shield bolts 4 — 35

Balance shaft bolts 26-28 19-21 —

Balance shaft chain guide 9-11 — 80-97

Balance shaft tensioner bolts 28-30 21-22 —

Camshaft bearing cap bolts (a) — —

Camshaft sprocket bolt 85 63 —

Camshaft sprocket bolt (w/sst) 61 45 —

Cassette and sprocket to jackshaft bolt a — — —

Cassette bolt, LH a — — —

Cassette bolt, RH a — — —

Connecting rod bolts a — — —

Crankshaft pulley bolts a — — —

Cylinder head bolts a — — —

Accessory bracket bolts 42 31 —

Engine electrical connector 6 — 53

Engine front cover bolts 19 14 —

Engine lifting eye bolts 28 21 —

Electrical harness retainer bolt 10 — 89

Lower engine mount bracket nuts 80 59 —

Fuel line bracket bolt 10 — 89

EGR valve tube fittings 34 25 —

Exhaust manifold nuts 22 16 —

Exhaust manifold to exhaust pipe bolts 40 30 —

Flywheel bolts a — —

Front cassette bolt 19 14 —

Front cylinder head bolts a — — —

Fuel injection supply manifold bolts 23 17 —

Generator bracket bolts 42 31 —

Ground wire bolt 10 — 89

Heater hose bracket bolts 23 17 —

Hydraulic camshaft tensioner, RH a — — —

Hydraulic camshaft tensioner, LH a — — —

Intake manifold bolts 10 — 89

Jackshaft chain guide bolts 19 14 —

Jackshaft chain tensioner bolts 9 — 80

Jackshaft rear sprocket bolt a — — —

Jackshaft front sprocket bolt a — — —

Jackshaft thrust plate bolts 11 8 —

Knock sensor bolt 25 18 —

Ladder frame bolts and nuts (outside) 10 — 89

Page 73: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Ladder frame bolts (inside) a — — —

Ladder frame Torx® bolts 8 — 71

Ladder frame inserts 3 — 27

Main bearing cap bolts 97 72 —

Oil bypass filter 13 10 —

Oil filter adapter bolt 57 42 —

Oil level indicator tube bracket bolt 25 18 —

Oil pan bolts 9 — 80

Oil pan drain plug 25 18 —

Oil pressure sensor 11-16 9-11 —

Oil pump bolts 19 14 —

Oil pump drive assembly 19 14 —

Oil pump screen cover and tube bolts 10 — 89

Powertrain control module (PCM) bolt 6 — 53

Powertrain control module (PCM) ground wire nut 10 — 89

Power steering pressure line nut 18 13 —

Rear cassette bolt 18 13 —

Spark plug 20 15 —

Thermostat housing bolts 11 8 —

Transmission cooler line bracket bolt 47 35 —

Transmission to engine bolts 47 35 —

Torque converter to flywheel nuts 47 35 —

Upper engine mount bracket nuts 110 81 —

Lower engine mount bracket bolts 80 59 —

Valve cover bolts 10 — 89

Vapor management valve (VMV) hose bracket 15 11 —

Water pump bolts 10 — 89

Water temperature indicator sender unit 10 — 89

Wiring harness retainer nuts 10 — 89 a Refer to the procedure.

Page 74: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 303-01C: Engine — 4.0L SOHC 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION Procedure revision date: 06/26/2000

Engine

The 4.0L SOHC engine consists of the following:

• single overhead camshafts

• sequential multiport fuel injection (SFI)

• distributorless ignition system

• aluminum cylinder heads

• cast iron, 60-degree V cylinder block

• balance shaft (4x4 vehicles)

• jackshaft

• unique engine timing configuration

For quick identification, refer to the vehicle control information decal mounted under the hood.

• For additional information, refer to Section 100-01 .

An engine identification label is attached to the engine. The label:

• identifies the symbol code for determining parts usage. For additional information, refer to Section 100-01 .

Lower Components—4.0L SOHC Engine

Page 75: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Item Part

Number Description

1 6U000 Bolt

2 6M290 Camshaft drive cassette RH

3 12A699 Knock sensor

4 6A364 Balance shaft chain (4x4 only)

5 W702523 Bolt (4x4 only)

6 W702979 Crankshaft key

7 6306 Sprocket

8 6K350 Sprocket

Page 76: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

9 6329 Crankshaft front main bearing cap

10 6345 Bolt (8 req'd)

11 W709211 Stud (2 req'd)

12 6F092 Cylinder block cradle

13 W503275 Bolt (20 req'd)

14 E822125 Nut

15 6734 Gasket

16 W702323 Bolt

17 E802185 Bolt

18 6675 Oil pan

19 W702323 Bolt (6 req'd)

20 6617 Oil pump screen and pickup tube

21 W709198 Bolt

22 E804588 Bolt

23 6C629 Spacer

24 6710 Gasket

25 6334 Crankshaft front intermediate main bearing cap

26 E804553 Screw (3 req'd)

27 6K790 Oil pickup adapter

28 W708582 Bolt (2 req'd)

29 6600 Oil pump

30 6A605 Oil pump intermediate shaft

31 6325 Crankshaft rear main bearing cap

32 6330 Crankshaft center main bearing cap

33 6A338 Crankshaft lower main bearing (3 req'd)

34 6A339 Crankshaft lower center main bearing

35 6303 Crankshaft

36 6333 Crankshaft upper main bearing (3 req'd)

37 6337 Crankshaft upper center main bearing

38 6K355 Balance shaft tensioner assembly (4x4 only)

39 6A311 Balance shaft (4x4 only)

40 6010 Block

41 9278 Oil pressure sensor

42 W701473 Nut (12 req'd)

43 6210 Connecting rod bearing cap (6 req'd)

44 6211 Connecting rod bearings

45 6200 Connecting rod

46 6135 Piston pin

47 6159 Piston ring, oil control (2 req'd)

48 6152 Piston ring, lower compression

Page 77: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

49 6214 Bolt (2 req'd)

50 6110 Piston

51 6161 Piston ring, oil control spacer

52 6150 Piston ring, upper compression

53 6754 Oil level indicator tube

54 W701723 Bolt

55 6750 Oil level indicator

56 W500024 Bolt

57 12270 Clamp

58 6846 Oil pump drive assembly

59 6M289 Camshaft drive cassette LH

60 6M276 Bolt

61 W500110 Bolt

62 W703167 Bolt

63 6U001 Bolt

64 W500225 Bolt

65 6M276 Bolt

Front and Rear Components—4.0L SOHC Engine

Page 78: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Item Part Number Description

1 6L621 Gasket

2 6884 Oil filter adapter

3 6895 Bolt

4 E853188 O-ring

5 6890 Adapter

6 6714 Oil filter

7 6M272 Jackshaft chain guide

8 6M278 Jackshaft thrust plate

9 6M263 Jackshaft

10 6C524 Jackshaft sprocket

11 6M276 Bolt

12 6M270 Jackshaft chain

13 W500012 Bolt (2 req'd)

14 6M271 Jackshaft chain tensioner

15 W702125 Bolt (2 req'd)

Page 79: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

16 W500110 Bolt (2 req'd)

17 W500014 Bolt (2 req'd)

18 6K357 Balance shaft chain guide (4x4 only)

19 W500024 Bolt (5 req'd)

20 W702501 Stud

21 8507 Gasket

22 W500014 Bolt (12 req'd)

23 W500213 Bolt (2 req'd)

24 E800511 Bolt

25 6B321 Crankshaft pulley

26 6C315 Crankshaft position sensor

27 8501 Water pump

28 6700 Crankshaft front seal

29 E804541 Stud (4 req'd)

30 6019 Front cover

31 6020 Gasket

32 6379 Bolt (8 req'd)

33 6375 Flexplate

34 6434 Spacer

35 6701 Crankshaft rear seal

Upper Components—4.0L SOHC Engine

Page 80: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Item Part

Number Description

1 W708086 Bolt (2 req'd)

2 9F775 Fuel injection pulse damper

3 9G756 Fuel pressure/temperature sensor

4 W709515 Bolt (2 req'd)

5 W500023 Bolt (4 req'd)

6 W500204 Bolt

7 9E964 Fuel supply tube

8 W708086 Bolt (4 req'd)

9 9D280 Fuel injection supply manifold LH

10 9F593 Fuel injector (6 req'd)

11 9G512 Fuel injector adapter (6 req'd)

12 W500213 Bolt

13 9G271 Fuel vapor tube

14 9K479 Intake manifold

Page 81: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

15 W708086 Bolt (2 req'd)

16 9G624 Cover

17 9D280 Fuel injection supply manifold RH

18 6763 Oil filler pipe

19 6582 Valve cover RH

20 6578 Oil supply tube RH

21 6A258 Camshaft bearing cap (3 req'd)

22 6250 Camshaft RH

23 6A258 Camshaft bearing cap

24 18465 Heated PCV coolant hose

25 18696 Heater water inlet tube assembly

26 W500023 Bolt

27 17A084 Lifting eye RH

28 W500041 Bolt (2 req'd)

29 W701706 Nut (6 req'd)

30 9430 Exhaust manifold RH

31 9448 Exhaust manifold gasket RH

32 6K254 Timing chain tensioner RH

33 W703974 Spacer

34 W705495 Stud (6 req'd)

35 6051 Cylinder head gasket RH

36 6049 Cylinder head RH

37 W525966 Clamp (2 req'd)

38 8548 Coolant hose

39 8A586 Thermostat housing

40 W702527 Bolt (3 req'd)

41 W702341 Bolt (16 req'd)

42 6049 Camshaft bearing cap

43 6A274 Camshaft LH

44 6K254 Timing chain tensioner LH

45 6N091 Oil volume reduction plug

46 6U000 Bolt

47 12405 Spark plug (6 req'd)

48 6505 Exhaust valve (6 req'd)

49 6083 Cylinder head gasket LH

50 6507 Intake valve (6 req'd)

51 9J433 Differential pressure feedback exhaust gas recirculation system

52 9E469 EGR tube

53 9G485 Adapter

54 9431 Exhaust manifold LH

Page 82: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

55 W701706 Nut (6 req'd)

56 W500023 Bolt

57 9448 Exhaust manifold gasket LH

58 W705495 Stud (6 req'd)

59 W500041 Bolt (2 req'd)

60 17A084 Lifting eye LH

61 12A310 Ignition coil assembly

62 W500214 Bolt (2 req'd)

63 6571 Valve stem seal (12 req'd)

64 6513 Valve spring (12 req'd)

65 6C501 Lash adjuster (12 req'd)

66 6518 Valve spring retainer key (24 req'd)

67 6529 Roller follower (12 req'd)

68 6065 Cylinder head bolts (16 req'd)

69 6A536 Valve spring retainer seat (12 req'd)

70 6A258 Camshaft bearing cap (3 req'd)

71 6578 Oil supply tube LH

72 6A505 Valve cover LH

73 14A004 Bracket

74 W500204 Bolt

75 W500204 Bolt

76 6B288 Camshaft position sensor

Page 83: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 303-01C: Engine — 4.0L SOHC 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING Procedure revision date: 06/26/2000

Engine

Refer to Section 303-00 .

Page 84: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 303-01C: Engine — 4.0L SOHC 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

IN-VEHICLE REPAIR Procedure revision date: 06/26/2000

Intake Manifold

Removal and Installation

1. Disconnect the battery ground cable. For additional information, refer to Section 414-01 .

2. Remove the bolts and the shield.

3. Remove the air cleaner outlet pipe.

• Disconnect the tube.

• Detach the mass airflow (MAF) sensor wiring pushpin.

• Loosen the clamps and remove the pipe.

4. Disconnect the idle air control (IAC) valve and the throttle position sensor (TPS)

electrical connectors. Disconnect the exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) valve vacuum hose.

5. Disconnect the accelerator and speed control cables.

1. Detach the accelerator and speed control cables from the throttle body.

Page 85: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

2. Detach the accelerator and speed control cables from the bracket, and position the cables aside.

6. Loosen the fitting and disconnect the exhaust manifold-to-EGR valve tube.

7. Disconnect the EGR valve vacuum regulator electrical connector and vacuum

hoses.

8. Disconnect the hose.

9. Loosen the clamp and disconnect the brake booster vacuum hose.

Page 86: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

10. CAUTION: It is important to twist the spark plug w ire boots while pulling upward to avoid possible damage to the spar k plug wire.

NOTE: Spark plug wires must be connected to the correct ignition coil terminal. Mark spark plug wire locations before removing them.

Disconnect the RH spark plug wires from coil. Remove spark plug wire routing clip pushpin and position the wires aside.

11. Remove wiring harness bracket retainer, then position wiring harness aside.

12. Remove accelerator cable routing clip pushpin and wiring harness pushpin.

13. Remove the bolts.

Page 87: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

14. Remove the bolt and position the coil and bracket aside.

15. Disconnect the vacuum hoses.

16. Remove the nut.

17. Disconnect the powertrain control module (PCM) electrical connector.

Page 88: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

18. Disconnect the ground wires and position the wiring harness aside.

19. Detach the electrical connector retainer.

20. Remove the intake manifold bolts and lift up the intake manifold.

Page 89: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

21. Remove the heated PCV hose retainers and remove the heated PCV fitting.

22. Remove the intake manifold.

23. To install, reverse the removal procedure.

Page 90: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 303-01C: Engine — 4.0L SOHC 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

IN-VEHICLE REPAIR Procedure revision date: 04/01/2003

Valve Cover — RH

Removal and Installation

All vehicles

1. Drain the cooling system. For additional information, refer to Section 303-03 .

2. Remove the air cleaner outlet pipe.

• Disconnect the tube.

• Detach the mass airflow (MAF) sensor wiring pushpin.

• Loosen the clamps and remove the pipe.

3. Release hose clamps and remove hose.

4. Remove hose.

Page 91: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

5. Disconnect the vacuum hose.

6. Loosen hose clamps and disconnect hoses.

7. Release hose clamps and disconnect hoses.

8. Release hose clamp and disconnect hose.

Page 92: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

9. Release hose clamp and disconnect hose. Position hose aside.

Vehicles with automatic transmission

10. Remove the nut and position the transmission fluid level indicator and tube assembly aside.

All vehicles

11. Remove the bolts.

12. Detach the wiring harness retainer.

• Remove the heater tube and bracket assembly.

13. Disconnect MAF sensor connector and wiring pushpin. Position wiring aside.

Page 93: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

14. CAUTION: It is important to twist the spark plug w ire boots while pulling upward to avoid possible damage to the spar k plug wire.

NOTE: Spark plug wires must be connected to the correct ignition coil terminal. Mark spark plug wire locations before removing them.

Position the spark plug wires aside.

1. Disconnect the spark plug wires.

2. Disconnect the spark plug wire retainer and position the wires aside.

15. Disconnect fuel injector electrical connectors. Position wiring aside.

16. Remove the bolts and the valve cover.

Page 94: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

17. CAUTION: Do not use metal scrapers, wire brushes, power abrasive discs or other abrasive means to clean sealing surf aces. These tools cause scratches and gouges which make leak paths.

Clean and inspect the sealing surfaces. Install a new gasket if necessary.

18. To install, reverse the removal procedure.

Page 95: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 303-01C: Engine — 4.0L SOHC 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

IN-VEHICLE REPAIR Procedure revision date: 06/26/2000

Valve Cover — LH

Special Tool(s)

Disconnect Tool, Spring Lock Coupling (5/8") 412-038 (T83P-19623-C)

Removal and Installation

1. Disconnect the battery negative cable. For additional information, refer to Section 414-01 .

2. Detach the accelerator and speed control cables.

1. Detach the accelerator and speed control cables from the throttle body.

2. Detach the accelerator and speed control cables from the bracket, and position the cables aside.

3. Detach the spark plug wire retainer.

4. CAUTION: It is important to twist the spark plug w ire boots while pulling upward to avoid possible damage to the spar k plug wire.

NOTE: Spark plug wires must be connected to the correct ignition coil terminal. Mark spark plug wire locations before removing them.

Disconnect the spark plug wires.

Page 96: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

5. Remove the bolts.

6. Remove the bolt.

7. Disconnect the coil electrical connector.

8. Disconnect the radio interference capacitor electrical connector and position the

coil aside.

Page 97: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

9. Loosen the bolt and disconnect the electrical connector.

10. Disconnect the following:

1. Exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) valve vacuum hose.

2. EGR valve vacuum regulator solenoid vacuum hoses.

3. EGR valve vacuum regulator solenoid electrical connector.

4. Camshaft position sensor electrical connector.

5. Differential pressure feedback electrical connector.

11. Disconnect fuel injector electrical connectors. Position wiring aside.

12. Detach the spark plug wire retainer.

Page 98: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

13. Disconnect the fuel vapor hose and the vacuum hose.

14. Remove the bolt and position the electrical connector and bracket aside.

15. Remove the screws and the EGR valve vacuum regulator solenoid.

16. Remove the differential pressure feedback with the hoses from the exhaust

manifold-to-EGR valve tube.

Page 99: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

17. Relieve the fuel system pressure. For additional information, refer to Section

310-00 .

18. Detach the clip.

19. Using the special tool, disconnect the fuel supply line.

20. Remove the bolt and position the lower fuel line bracket aside.

21. Remove the bolt and position the fuel supply line aside.

Page 100: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

22. Loosen the fitting and disconnect the exhaust manifold-to-EGR valve tube.

23. Disconnect the hose.

24. Unscrew the fitting.

25. Remove the bolts and the valve cover.

Page 101: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

26. CAUTION: Do not use metal scrapers, wire brushes, power abrasive discs or other abrasive means to clean sealing surf aces. These tools cause scratches and gouges which make leak paths.

Clean and inspect the sealing surfaces. Install a new gasket if necessary.

27. To install, reverse removal procedure.

Page 102: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 303-01C: Engine — 4.0L SOHC 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

IN-VEHICLE REPAIR Procedure revision date: 05/27/2003

Crankshaft Pulley

Special Tool(s)

Crankshaft Vibration Damper Remover 303-101 (T74P-6316-A)

Installer, Crankshaft Vibration Damper Replacer 303-102 (T74P-6316-B)

Strap Wrench 303-D055 (D85L-6000-A) or equivalent

Material

Item Specification

Motorcraft Silicone Gasket Remover ZC-30

Motorcraft Metal Surface Prep ZC-31

Silicone Gasket and Sealant F7AZ-19554-EA

WSE-M4G323-A4

Removal

1. Remove the fan shroud. For additional information, refer to Section 303-03 .

2. Remove the accessory drive belt. For additional information, refer to Section 303-05 .

3. CAUTION: This bolt is a torque-to-yield design and cannot be reused.

Using the special tool, remove the crankshaft pulley bolt.

Page 103: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

4. Using the special tool, remove the crankshaft pulley.

Installation

1. NOTE: If not secured within four minutes, the sealant must be removed and the sealing area cleaned. To clean the sealing area, use silicone gasket remover and metal surface prep. Follow the directions on the packaging. Failure to follow this procedure can cause future oil leakage.

Apply silicone gasket and sealant to the Woodruff key slot on the crankshaft pulley.

2. Using the special tool, install the crankshaft pulley.

3. Using the special tool, install a new crankshaft pulley bolt.

• Tighten the bolt in two stages:

• Stage 1: Tighten the bolt to 50 Nm (37 lb-ft).

• Stage 2: Tighten the bolt an additional 90 degrees.

Page 104: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

4. Install the accessory drive belt. For additional information, refer to Section 303-

05 .

5. Install the fan shroud. For additional information, refer to Section 303-03 .

Page 105: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 303-01C: Engine — 4.0L SOHC 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

IN-VEHICLE REPAIR Procedure revision date: 06/26/2000

Crankshaft Front Oil Seal

Special Tool(s)

Remover, Crankshaft Front Oil Seal 303-107 (T74P-6700-A)

Aligner, Front Cover 303-093 (T74P-6019-A)

Installer, Crankshaft Vibration Damper 303-102 (T74P-6316-B)

Material

Item Specification

Super Premium SAE 5W-30 Motor Oil XO-5W30-QSP or equivalent

WSS-M2C205-A

Removal

1. Remove the crankshaft pulley. For additional information, refer to Crankshaft Pulley in this section.

2. Using the special tool, remove the crankshaft front oil seal.

Installation

1. NOTE: Lubricate the seal lip with clean engine oil.

Using the special tools, install the crankshaft front oil seal.

Page 106: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

2. Install the crankshaft pulley. For additional information, refer to Crankshaft

Pulley in this section.

Page 107: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 303-01C: Engine — 4.0L SOHC 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

IN-VEHICLE REPAIR Procedure revision date: 04/15/2003

Engine Front Cover

Material

Item Specification

Silicone Gasket and Sealant F7AZ-19554-EA or equivalent

WSS-M4G323-A4

Super Premium SAE 5W-30 Motor Oil XO-5W30-QSP or equivalent

WSS-M2C153-G

Removal

1. Disconnect the battery ground cable. For additional information, refer to Section 414-01 .

2. Remove the crankshaft front oil seal. For additional information, refer to Crankshaft Front Oil Seal .

3. Drain the cooling system. For additional information, refer to Section 303-03 .

4. On A/C equipped vehicles, remove the A/C line bracket bolt and position the A/C line aside.

5. Remove the lower cylinder block cradle-to-engine front cover bolts.

6. Lower the vehicle.

7. Remove the bolt and the wiring harness routing clip.

Page 108: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

8. Remove the accessory bracket bolts and position the bracket aside.

9. Remove the drivebelt tensioner.

10. Disconnect the generator wiring and position the wiring aside.

11. Remove the generator mounting bracket.

Page 109: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

12. Disconnect the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor electrical connector.

13. Remove the wiring anchors and position the wiring aside.

14. Remove the wiring harness retainer and position the wiring aside.

15. Move the lower bypass hose clamp off of the coolant pump outlet.

Page 110: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

16. Release the hose clamp and remove the lower heater water hose.

17. Release the hose clamp and remove the lower radiator hose.

18. NOTE: The water pump is removed for clarity.

Remove the bolts and the engine front cover.

• Discard the gasket.

Installation

1. CAUTION: Do not use metal scrapers, wire brushes, power abrasive discs or other abrasive means to clean sealing surf aces. These tools cause gouges which make leak paths.

Clean and inspect the sealing surfaces. Install a new gasket.

Page 111: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

2. Apply silicone gasket and sealant to the oil pan and the engine block mating surfaces.

3. Apply silicone gasket and sealant to the front cover in two places.

4. Install the engine front cover.

5. Connect the coolant bypass hose clamp.

6. Install the lower radiator hose and clamp.

Page 112: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

7. Install the lower heater water hose and clamp.

8. Position the wiring harness and install the bolt.

9. Secure the wiring anchors.

10. Connect the CKP sensor electrical connector.

Page 113: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

11. Install the generator mounting bracket.

12. Connect the generator wiring.

13. Install the drivebelt tensioner.

14. Install the accessory bracket bolts.

Page 114: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

15. Install the routing clip and bolt.

16. Raise and support the vehicle. For additional information, refer to Section 100-

02 .

17. Install the cylinder block cradle-to-engine front cover bolts.

18. On A/C equipped vehicles, install the A/C line bracket and bolt.

19. NOTE: Install the drain plug when finished draining.

Drain the engine oil.

Page 115: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

20. Lower the vehicle.

21. Install crankshaft front oil seal. For additional information, refer to Crankshaft Front Oil Seal in this section.

22. Fill the engine with clean engine oil.

23. Connect the battery ground cable. For additional information, refer to Section 414-01 .

24. Fill the engine with coolant. For additional information, refer to Section 303-03 .

Page 116: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 303-01C: Engine — 4.0L SOHC 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

IN-VEHICLE REPAIR Procedure revision date: 06/26/2000

Timing Drive Components — Camshaft Timing

Special Tool(s)

Tensioner, Timing Chain 303-571 (T97T-6K254-A)

Extension, Torque Wrench 303-575 (T97T-6256-F)

Socket, Camshaft Sprocket Nut 303-565 (T97T-6256-G)

Holding Tool, Camshaft Sprocket 303-564 (T97T-6256-B)

Adapter for 303-564 303-578 (T97T-6256-A)

Holding Tool, Camshaft 303-577 (T97T-6256-C)

Timing Tool, Crankshaft TDC 303-573 (T97T-6303-A)

Page 117: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Adapter for 303-577 303-576 (T97T-6256-D)

1. Remove the valve covers. For additional information, refer to Valve Cover — RH Valve Cover — LH and in this section.

2. Remove the intake manifold. For additional information, refer to Intake Manifold in this section.

3. Remove the fuel supply manifold. For additional information, refer to Section 303-04C .

4. Remove the accessory drive belt. For additional information, refer to Section 303-05 .

5. Remove the thermostat housing. For additional information, refer to Section 303-03 .

6. Remove the roller followers. For additional information, refer to Roller Followers in this section.

7. NOTE: You must retime the LH and RH camshafts when either camshaft is disturbed.

Turn the crankshaft clockwise to position the number one cylinder at TDC.

8. NOTE: The special tool must be installed on the damper and should contact the engine block, this positions the engine at top dead center (TDC).

Install the special tool.

9. CAUTION: The right-hand camshaft sprocket bolt is a left-hand threaded bolt.

Using the special tool, loosen the RH camshaft sprocket bolt.

10. NOTE: The camshaft timing slots are off-center.

Position the camshaft timing slots below the centerline of the camshaft to correctly fit the special tools and install the special tools on the front of the RH cylinder head.

Page 118: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

11. Raise and support the vehicle. For additional information, refer to Section 100-

02 .

12. Remove the RH wheel and tire. For additional information, refer to Section 204-04 .

13. Remove the RH lower splash shield.

14. Remove the RH camshaft tensioner.

15. Lower the vehicle.

16. NOTE: Leave the top two special tool clamp bolts loose.

Install the special tools on the rear of the RH cylinder head.

17. Install the special tool.

Page 119: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

18. CAUTION: The right-hand camshaft sprocket bolt is a left-hand threaded bolt.

Tighten the bolts.

1. Tighten the special tool top two clamp bolts to 10 Nm (89 lb-in).

2. Tighten the camshaft bolt.

19. Remove the special tool.

20. Install the RH camshaft tensioner.

21. Raise the vehicle.

22. Install the RH lower splash shield.

Page 120: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

23. Install the RH wheel and tire. For additional information, refer to Section 204-04

.

24. Lower the vehicle.

25. Remove the special tools from the RH cylinder head.

26. Remove the LH camshaft tensioner.

27. Install the special tools on the front of the LH cylinder head and tighten the top

two clamp bolts to 10 Nm (89 lb-in).

28. Loosen the LH camshaft sprocket bolt.

29. Loosen the top two clamp bolts on the special tool to allow the camshaft sprocket to rotate freely.

30. NOTE: The camshaft timing slots are off-center.

Page 121: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Position the camshaft timing slots below the centerline of the camshaft to correctly fit the special tools, and install the special tools on the rear of the LH cylinder head.

31. Install the special tool.

32. Tighten the bolts.

1. Tighten the special tool top two clamp bolts to 10 Nm (89 lb-in).

2. Tighten the camshaft bolt.

33. Remove the special tool.

34. Install the LH camshaft tensioner.

Page 122: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

35. Remove all of the special tools.

36. Install the roller followers. For additional information, refer to Roller Followers in this section.

37. Install the thermostat housing. For additional information, refer to Section 303-03 .

38. Install the accessory drive belt. For additional information, refer to Section 303-05 .

39. Install the fuel supply manifold. For additional information, refer to Section 303-04C .

40. Install the lower intake manifold. For additional information, refer to Intake Manifold in this section.

41. Install the valve covers. For additional information, refer to Valve Cover — LH and Valve Cover — RH in this section.

Page 123: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 303-01C: Engine — 4.0L SOHC 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

IN-VEHICLE REPAIR Procedure revision date: 06/26/2000

Timing Drive Components — Hydraulic Chain Tensioner , RH

Removal and Installation

1. Remove the wheel and tire. For additional information, refer to Section 204-04 .

2. Remove the lower splash shield.

3. Remove the RH camshaft tensioner.

4. To install, reverse the removal procedure.

Page 124: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 303-01C: Engine — 4.0L SOHC 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

IN-VEHICLE REPAIR Procedure revision date: 06/26/2000

Timing Drive Components — Hydraulic Chain Tensioner , LH

Removal and Installation

1. Remove the intake manifold. For additional information, refer to Intake Manifold in this section.

2. Remove the thermostat housing. For additional information, refer to Section 303-03 .

3. Remove the LH camshaft tensioner.

4. To install, reverse the removal procedure.

Page 125: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 303-01C: Engine — 4.0L SOHC 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

IN-VEHICLE REPAIR Procedure revision date: 06/26/2000

Timing Drive Components — Camshaft Drive Cassette, LH

Removal

1. Remove the intake manifold. For additional information, refer to Intake Manifold in this section.

2. Remove valve covers. For additional information, refer to Valve Cover — RH and Valve Cover — LH in this section.

3. Remove the fuel supply manifold. For additional information, refer to Section 303-04C .

4. Remove the engine front cover. For additional information, refer to Engine Front Cover in this section.

5. Remove the thermostat housing. For additional information, refer to Section 303-03 .

6. Remove all of the roller followers. For additional information, refer to Roller Followers in this section.

7. NOTE: You must retime the LH and RH camshafts when either camshaft is disturbed.

Turn the crankshaft clockwise to position number one cylinder at TDC.

8. Remove the LH camshaft chain tensioner.

9. Remove the LH camshaft sprocket bolt.

• Install the special tools to hold the camshaft sprocket.

• Loosen but do not remove the bolt.

Page 126: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

10. Remove the tool and bolt.

11. Hold the crankshaft from turning and loosen the jackshaft sprocket bolt.

Page 127: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

12. Remove the primary chain tensioner.

13. Remove the primary chain and sprocket.

Page 128: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

14. Remove the camshaft drive cassette.

1. Remove the chain guide bolts.

2. Remove the sprockets.

3. Lift the chain and guide up and out of the cylinder head.

15. Clean all surfaces. Clean all debris from engine.

Page 129: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Installation

1. Install the chain guide through the cylinder head.

2. Install the chain.

Page 130: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

3. Install the new chain guide bolts.

4. NOTE: The camshaft chain sprockets must be orientated correctly.

Install the lower chain sprocket and the camshaft sprocket.

Page 131: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

5. Install, but do not tighten the camshaft sprocket bolt.

6. Install the primary chain and gear.

Page 132: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

7. Install the primary drive chain tensioner.

8. Hold the crankshaft from turning and tighten the jackshaft sprocket bolt in two

stages.

• Stage 1: Tighten bolts to 45 Nm (33 lb-ft).

• Stage 2: Tighten bolts an additional 90 degrees.

9. Install the engine front cover. For additional information, refer to Engine Front

Cover in this section.

10. Time the engine. For additional information, refer to Timing Drive Components — Camshaft Timing in this section.

Page 133: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 303-01C: Engine — 4.0L SOHC 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

IN-VEHICLE REPAIR Procedure revision date: 06/26/2000

Valve — Valve Spring

Special Tool(s)

Valve Spring Compressor 303-581 (T97T-6565-A)

Spacer, Valve Spring Compressor 303-382 (T91P-6565-AH)

Removal

1. Remove the camshaft roller followers. For additional information, refer to Roller Followers in this section.

2. Position the piston at top dead center (TDC).

3. Remove the spark plug and apply compressed air in the cylinder to hold both

valves in position.

4. CAUTION: If air pressure has forced the piston to the bottom of the cylinder, any loss of air pressure will allow the v alve to fall into the cylinder. If air pressure must be removed, support the valve prior to removal.

Using the special tool to compress the valve spring, remove the valve spring retainer keys, the valve spring and the retainer.

5. Inspect the components. For additional information, refer to Section 303-00 .

Page 134: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Installation

1. Position the valve spring and the valve spring retainer.

2. Install the special tool between the valve spring coil to prevent valve stem seal

damage.

3. Using the special tool to compress the valve spring, install the valve spring

retainer keys.

4. Install the camshaft roller followers. For additional information, refer to Roller

Followers in this section.

5. Install the spark plug.

6. Repeat all steps for each cylinder being serviced.

Page 135: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 303-01C: Engine — 4.0L SOHC 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

IN-VEHICLE REPAIR Procedure revision date: 06/26/2000

Valve — Valve Seals

Special Tool(s)

Installer, Valve Stem Oil Seal 303-370 (T90T-6571-A)

Material

Item Specification

Super Premium SAE 5W-30 Motor Oil XO-5W30-QSP or equivalent

WSS-M2C205-A

Removal

1. Remove the valve springs. For additional information, refer to Valve — Valve Spring in this section.

2. Remove the valve stem seals.

Installation

1. NOTE: Lubricate parts with clean engine oil prior to installing.

Using the special tool, install the valve stem seals.

2. Install the valve springs. For additional information, refer to Valve — Valve

Spring in this section.

Page 136: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 303-01C: Engine — 4.0L SOHC 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

IN-VEHICLE REPAIR Procedure revision date: 06/26/2000

Hydraulic Lash Adjusters

Material

Item Specification

Super Premium SAE 5W-30 Motor Oil XO-5W30-QSP or equivalent

WSS-M2C205-A

Removal and Installation

1. Remove the camshaft roller followers. For additional information, refer to Roller Followers in this section.

2. Remove the hydraulic lash adjusters.

3. NOTE: Lubricate the parts with clean engine oil prior to installing.

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

Page 137: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 303-01C: Engine — 4.0L SOHC 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

IN-VEHICLE REPAIR Procedure revision date: 06/26/2000

Roller Followers

Special Tool(s)

Compressor, Valve Spring 303-581 (T97T-6565-A)

Material

Item Specification

Super Premium SAE SW-30 Motor Oil XO-5W30-QSP or equivalent

WSS-M2C153-G

Removal

1. Remove the valve covers. For additional information, refer to Valve Cover — LH or Valve Cover — RH in this section.

2. Remove the fuel supply manifold. For additional information, refer to Section 303-04C .

3. NOTE: Mark each camshaft roller follower to ensure its original position during reassembly.

Using the special tool, remove the camshaft roller followers.

4. NOTE: Lubricate the parts with clean engine oil prior to installing.

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

Page 138: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 303-01C: Engine — 4.0L SOHC 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

IN-VEHICLE REPAIR Procedure revision date: 06/26/2000

Camshaft — LH

Material

Item Specification

Super Premium SAE 5W-30 Motor Oil XO-5W30-QSP or equivalent

WSS-M2C205-A

Removal

1. Remove the camshaft roller followers. For additional information, refer to Roller Followers in this section.

2. Remove the LH camshaft chain tensioner. For additional information, refer to Timing Drive Components — Hydraulic Chain Tensioner, LH in this section.

3. Remove the bolt and the camshaft sprocket.

4. NOTE: Mark the position of the camshaft bearing caps so they can be installed

in their original position.

Remove the bolts in the sequence shown and remove the camshaft bearing caps and the oil supply tube.

5. Remove the camshaft.

Page 139: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Installation

1. NOTE: Lubricate the parts with clean engine oil before installing.

Install the camshaft.

2. NOTE: The camshaft bearing caps must be installed in the original position.

Position the camshaft bearing caps, the oil supply tube, and the bolts.

3. NOTE: After installing the bolts, check the camshaft for free rotation.

Tighten the camshaft bearing cap bolts in two stages in the sequence shown.

1. Stage 1: Tighten the bolts to 6 Nm (53 lb-in).

2. Stage 2: Tighten the bolts to 16 Nm (12 lb-ft).

4. Retime both camshafts. For additional information, refer to Timing Drive

Components — Camshaft Timing in this section.

Page 140: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

5. Install the camshaft roller followers. For additional information, refer to Roller Followers in this section.

Page 141: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 303-01C: Engine — 4.0L SOHC 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

IN-VEHICLE REPAIR Procedure revision date: 06/26/2000

Camshaft — RH

Special Tool(s)

Extension, Torque Wrench 303–575 (T97T-6256-F)

Material

Item Specificat ion

Super Premium SAE 5W-30 Motor Oil XO-5W30-QSP or equivalent

WSS-M2C205-A

Removal

1. Remove the camshaft roller followers. For additional information, refer to Roller Followers in this section.

2. Remove the RH camshaft chain tensioner. For additional information, refer to Timing Drive Components — Hydraulic Chain Tensioner, RH in this section.

3. CAUTION: The right-hand camshaft sprocket bolt is a left-hand threaded bolt.

Using the special tool, remove the bolt and the camshaft sprocket.

4. NOTE: Mark the position of the camshaft bearing caps so they can be installed

in their original position.

Remove the bolts in the sequence shown and remove the camshaft bearing caps and the oil supply tube.

Page 142: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

5. Remove the camshaft.

Installation

1. NOTE: Lubricate the parts with clean engine oil before installing.

Install the camshaft.

2. NOTE: The camshaft bearing caps must be installed in their original position.

Position the camshaft bearing caps, the oil supply tube, and the bolts.

3. NOTE: After installing the bolts, check the camshaft for free rotation.

Tighten the camshaft bearing cap bolts in two stages in the sequence shown.

1. Stage 1: Tighten the bolts to 6 Nm (53 lb-in).

2. Stage 2: Tighten the bolts to 16 Nm (12 lb-ft).

Page 143: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

4. Retime both camshafts. For additional information, refer to Timing Drive

Components — Camshaft Timing in this section.

5. Install the camshaft roller followers. For additional information, refer to Roller Followers in this section.

Page 144: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 303-01C: Engine — 4.0L SOHC 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

IN-VEHICLE REPAIR Procedure revision date: 12/18/2003

Exhaust Manifold LH

Removal and Installation

1. With the vehicle in neutral, position it on a hoist. For additional information, refer to Section 100-02 .

2. Remove the exhaust pipe-to-exhaust manifold nuts.

3. Remove the exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) tube.

• Disconnect the differential pressure feedback EGR system from the EGR tube.

• Disconnect the EGR tube from the EGR valve and the exhaust manifold.

4. Remove the retainers and the LH exhaust manifold.

5. NOTE: Use new exhaust manifold gaskets and retaining nuts.

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

Page 145: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 303-01C: Engine — 4.0L SOHC 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

IN-VEHICLE REPAIR Procedure revision date: 12/18/2003

Exhaust Manifold — RH

Removal and Installation

1. Raise and support the vehicle. For additional information, refer to Section 100-02 .

2. Remove the nuts.

3. Lower the vehicle.

4. Remove the RH exhaust manifold.

5. NOTE: Use new exhaust manifold gaskets and nuts.

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

Page 146: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 303-01C: Engine — 4.0L SOHC 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

IN-VEHICLE REPAIR Procedure revision date: 12/18/2003

Cylinder Head — LH

Removal

CAUTION: If the fuel supply manifold is used as a leverage device, damage may occur to the supply manifold. Care must be taken wh en working around the fuel supply manifold.

1. Remove the intake manifold. For additional information, refer to Intake Manifold in this section.

2. Remove the roller followers. For additional information, refer to Roller Followers in this section.

3. Remove the fan shroud. For additional information, refer to Section 303-03 .

4. Remove the accessory drive belt. For additional information, refer to Section 303-05 .

5. Disconnect the generator wiring.

6. Remove drivebelt tensioner. For additional information, refer to Section 303-05 .

7. Remove the generator mounting bracket.

8. Remove the bolt and the wiring harness routing clip.

Page 147: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

9. Remove the bolts and position the accessory bracket aside.

10. Disconnect the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor electrical connector.

11. Remove the electrical harness retainer.

12. Disconnect the water temperature indicator sender unit and the engine coolant

temperature (ECT) sensor electrical connectors.

Page 148: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

13. Disconnect the EGR tube nut.

14. Remove the upper heater water hose.

1. Squeeze the heater hose clamp.

2. Remove the heater water hose.

15. Remove the lower heater water hose and position aside.

1. Remove the bolt.

2. Squeeze the hose clamp.

3. Remove the heater water hose and position aside.

16. Remove the thermostat housing.

1. Remove the bolts.

Page 149: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

2. Release the bypass hose clamp.

17. Remove the oil level indicator tube.

18. Remove the LH exhaust manifold. For additional information, refer to Exhaust

Manifold LH in this section.

19. Remove the LH hydraulic chain tensioner.

20. Remove the bolt.

21. Remove the bolt.

Page 150: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

22. CAUTION: To avoid breaking the cassette, remove th e camshaft sprocket from the chain and cassette to gain cleara nce to remove cylinder the head.

NOTE: Hold the chain and cassette with a rubber band to aid in removal and prevent the chain from falling into the cylinder block.

Remove the LH camshaft sprocket from the cassette.

23. Remove the eight 12 mm bolts and two 8 mm bolts in the sequence shown and

remove the LH cylinder head.

• Discard the head gasket.

• Discard the cylinder head bolts.

Installation

1. Position the cylinder head gasket and the cylinder head.

Page 151: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

2. NOTE: Cylinder head bolts are torque-to-yield. New bolts must be installed.

Install the 12 mm bolts and tighten in the sequence shown.

3. Install the two 8 mm bolts.

4. Tighten the eight 12 mm bolts in the sequence shown in two stages.

• Stage 1: Tighten the bolts 80 degrees.

• Stage 2: Tighten the bolts an additional 80 degrees.

5. CAUTION: The camshaft sprocket must turn freely on the camshaft. DO NOT tighten the bolt.

Install the LH front camshaft bolt.

Page 152: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

6. Install the LH bolt.

7. Carry out camshaft timing. For additional information, refer to Timing Drive

Components — Camshaft Timing in this section.

8. Install the LH exhaust manifold. For additional information, refer to Exhaust Manifold LH in this section.

9. Install the oil level indicator tube.

10. Install the thermostat housing.

1. Install thermostat housing into bypass hose.

2. Install the bolts.

3. Position the bypass hose clamp.

Page 153: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

11. Install the lower heater water hose.

1. Position the heater water hose.

2. Squeeze the heater hose clamp and position.

3. Install the bolt.

12. Install the upper heater water hose.

1. Position the heater water hose.

2. Squeeze the hose clamp and position.

13. Connect the EGR tube nut.

14. Connect the water temperature indicator sender unit and the engine coolant

temperature (ECT) sensor electrical connectors.

Page 154: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

15. Install the electrical harness retainer.

16. Connect the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor electrical connector.

17. Install the accessory bracket.

18. Install the routing clip and bolt.

19. Install the generator mounting bracket.

Page 155: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

20. Connect the generator wiring.

21. Install drive belt tensioner. For additional information, refer to Section 303-05 .

22. Install the accessory drive belt. For additional information, refer to Section 303-05 .

23. Install the fan shroud. For additional information, refer to Section 303-03 .

24. Install the roller followers. For additional information, refer to Roller Followers in this section.

25. Install the intake manifold. For additional information, refer to Intake Manifold in this section.

Page 156: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 303-01C: Engine — 4.0L SOHC 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

IN-VEHICLE REPAIR Procedure revision date: 01/15/2002

Cylinder Head RH

Special Tool(s)

Spark Plug Wire Remover 303-106 (T74P-6666-A)

Valve Spring Compressor 303-581 (T97T-6565-A)

Removal

All vehicles

1. Relieve the fuel system pressure. For additional information, refer to Section 310-00 .

2. Drain the cooling system. For additional information, refer to Section 303-03

3. Remove the intake manifold. For additional information, refer to Intake Manifold in this section.

4. Remove the cooling fan shroud. For additional information, refer to Section 303-03 .

5. Remove the accessory drive belt. For additional information, refer to Section 303-05 .

6. Disconnect the generator electrical connectors.

7. Remove the accessory drive belt tensioner.

Page 157: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

8. Remove the generator mounting bracket and the generator as an assembly.

9. Disconnect the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor electrical connector.

10. Remove the electrical harness retainers.

11. Disconnect the water temperature indicator sender unit and the engine coolant

temperature (ECT) sensor electrical connectors.

Page 158: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

12. Using the special tool, disconnect the spark plug wires from the spark plugs.

13. Disconnect the radio interference capacitor electrical connector.

14. Disconnect the coil pack electrical connector.

15. Disconnect the vacuum hose.

Page 159: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

16. Disconnect the fuel pressure regulator vacuum hose.

17. Disconnect the vacuum hose.

18. Disconnect the fuel injector electrical connectors.

19. Disconnect the electrical connectors.

• Camshaft angle sensor.

• Differential pressure feedback exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) system.

Page 160: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

20. Disconnect the engine wiring harness main electrical connector.

21. Remove the engine wiring harness main electrical connector from the bracket.

22. Disconnect the heater water hoses.

Vehicles with automatic transmissions

23. Remove the nut and position the transmission fluid level indicator and tube assembly aside.

Page 161: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

All vehicles

24. Remove the bolts and position the heater hose bracket aside.

25. NOTE: The water bypass hose will be removed with the thermostat housing.

Move the lower bypass hose clamp off the water pump outlet.

26. Remove the thermostat housing and the water bypass hose.

27. NOTE: RH shown, LH similar.

Remove the LH valve cover.

Page 162: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

28. Secure the wiring harness to the LH fuel rail.

29. Remove the RH valve cover.

30. Remove the ground strap.

31. Remove the bracket.

Page 163: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

32. NOTE: Mark each of the roller followers to make sure of its original position

during reassembly.

Use the special tool to remove the roller followers.

33. NOTE: RH shown, LH similar.

Remove the four bolts and position the fuel supply line aside.

34. Remove the RH fuel rail.

35. Remove the RH exhaust manifold. For additional information, refer to Exhaust

Manifold — RH in this section.

36. Remove the lower radiator hose.

Page 164: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

37. Remove the nut and position the A/C line bracket aside.

38. Lower the vehicle.

39. Set the camshaft timing. For additional information, refer to Timing Drive Components — Camshaft Timing in this section.

40. Remove the RH camshaft chain tensioner.

41. NOTE: Hold the chain and cassette with a rubber band to aid in removal and

prevent the chain from falling into the cylinder block.

Remove the RH camshaft sprocket from the cassette.

42. Remove the two 8 mm (0.32 in) bolts and the eight 12 mm (0.48 in) bolts in the

sequence shown, and remove the RH cylinder head.

• Discard the head gasket.

Page 165: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

• Discard the cylinder head bolts.

43. Clean the gasket mating surfaces.

Installation

All vehicles

1. NOTE: The LH is shown, the RH is similar.

Position the cylinder head gasket and the cylinder head.

2. NOTE: Cylinder head bolts are torque-to-yield. New bolts must be installed.

NOTE: LH shown, RH similar.

Install the 12 mm (0.48 in) bolts and tighten in the sequence shown.

3. NOTE: LH shown, RH similar.

Install the two 8 mm (0.32 in) bolts.

Page 166: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

4. NOTE: LH shown, RH similar.

Tighten the 12 mm (0.48 in) bolts in the sequence shown.

5. NOTE: LH shown, RH similar.

Tighten the eight 12 mm (0.48 in) bolts in the sequence shown in two stages.

• Stage 1: Tighten the bolts 90 degrees.

• Stage 2: Tighten the bolts an additional 90 degrees.

6. Install the RH rear camshaft sprocket in the cassette.

7. CAUTION: The camshaft sprocket must turn freely on the camshaft. DO NOT tighten the bolt.

Install the RH rear camshaft bolt.

8. Install the bolt.

Page 167: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

9. Carry out camshaft timing. For additional information, refer to Timing Drive

Components — Camshaft Timing in this section.

10. Install the RH exhaust manifold. For additional information, refer to Exhaust Manifold — RH in this section.

11. Install the lower radiator hose.

12. Install the A/C bracket.

13. Lower the vehicle.

14. NOTE: Install each roller follower in its original position.

Using the special tool, install the camshaft roller followers.

15. NOTE: RH shown, LH similar.

Install the valve covers.

Page 168: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

16. Install the RH fuel rail.

17. Reposition the engine wiring harness. Do not connect the electrical connectors

at this time.

18. NOTE: RH shown, LH similar.

Install the fuel supply line.

19. Install the ground strap.

20. Install the bracket.

Page 169: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

21. Install the thermostat housing.

22. Connect the water bypass hose clamp.

23. NOTE: LH shown, RH similar.

Connect the fuel injector electrical connectors.

24. Connect the electrical connectors.

• Camshaft angle sensor.

• Differential pressure feedback exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) system.

Page 170: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

25. Position the engine wiring harness main electrical connector on the bracket

26. Connect the engine wiring harness main electrical connector.

27. Connect the vacuum hose.

28. Connect the fuel pressure regulator vacuum hose.

Page 171: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

29. Connect the vacuum hose.

30. Install the heater hose bracket.

Vehicles with automatic transmission.

31. Install the transmission fluid indicator tube.

All vehicles

32. Connect the coil pack electrical connections.

Page 172: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

33. Connect the radio interference capacitor electrical connector.

34. Connect the spark plug wires.

35. Install the water heater hoses.

36. Connect the water temperature indicator sender unit and the engine coolant

temperature (ECT) sensor electrical connectors.

37. Install the electrical harness retainers.

Page 173: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

38. Connect the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor electrical connector.

39. Install the generator mounting bracket and generator as an assembly.

40. Connect the generator electrical connectors.

41. Install the accessory drive belt tensioner.

Page 174: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

42. Install the accessory drive belt. For additional information, refer to Section 303-

05 .

43. Install the fan shroud. For additional information, refer to Section 303-03 .

44. Install the intake manifold. For additional information, refer to Intake Manifold .

45. Fill and bleed the cooling system. For additional information, refer to Section 303-03 .

Page 175: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 303-01C: Engine — 4.0L SOHC 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

IN-VEHICLE REPAIR Procedure revision date: 06/26/2000

Oil Pan

Material

Item Specification

Metal Surface Cleaner F4AZ-19A536-RA or equivalent

WSE-M5B392-A

Super Premium SAE 5W-30 Motor Oil XO-5W30-QSP or equivalent

WSS-M2C205-A

Removal and Installation

1. Raise and support the vehicle. For additional information, refer to Section 100-02 .

2. Drain the engine oil.

3. Remove the bolts and the oil pan.

4. NOTE: All sealing surfaces must be cleaned prior to assembly. Use metal

surface cleaner to clean the sealing surfaces.

NOTE: Inspect integral oil pan gasket for cuts or damage that may cause leaks. Install a new gasket if necessary.

NOTE: Fill the engine with clean engine oil.

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

Page 176: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 303-01C: Engine — 4.0L SOHC 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

IN-VEHICLE REPAIR Procedure revision date: 06/26/2000

Oil Pump Screen and Pickup Tube

Removal and Installation

1. Remove the oil pan. For additional information, refer to Oil Pan in this section.

2. Remove the oil pump screen cover and tube.

3. To install, reverse the removal procedure.

Page 177: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 303-01C: Engine — 4.0L SOHC 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

IN-VEHICLE REPAIR Procedure revision date: 06/26/2000

Flywheel

Removal

1. Remove the clutch. For additional information, refer to Section 308-01 .

2. Remove the bolts and the flywheel.

Installation

1. NOTE: Special bolts are used for flywheel installation; do not use standard bolts.

Position the flywheel and install the bolts. Tighten the bolts in the sequence shown in two stages.

• Stage 1: Tighten the bolts to 13 Nm (10 lb-ft).

• Stage 2: Tighten the bolts to 71 Nm (52 lb-ft).

2. Install the clutch. For additional information, refer to Section 308-01 .

Page 178: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 303-01C: Engine — 4.0L SOHC 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

IN-VEHICLE REPAIR Procedure revision date: 06/26/2000

Flexplate

Removal

1. Remove the transmission. For additional information, refer to Section 308-01 .

2. Remove the bolts and the flexplate.

Installation

1. NOTE: Special bolts are used for flexplate installation; do not use standard bolts.

Position the flexplate and install the bolts. Tighten the bolts in the sequence shown in two stages.

• Stage 1: Tighten the bolts to 13 Nm (10 lb-ft).

• Stage 2: Tighten the bolts to 71 Nm (52 lb-ft).

2. Install the transmission. For additional information, refer to Section 308-01 .

Page 179: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 303-01C: Engine — 4.0L SOHC 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

IN-VEHICLE REPAIR Procedure revision date: 06/26/2000

Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal

Special Tool(s)

Remover, Oil Seal 303-409 (T92C-6700-CH)

Service Set, Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal 303–S524 (T95T-6701-AR)

Material

Item Specification

Metal Surface Cleaner F4AZ-19A536-RA or equivalent

WSE-M5B392-A

Super Premium SAE 5W-30 Motor Oil XO-5W30-QSP or equivalent

WSS-M2C153-G

Removal

1. Remove the flexplate (automatic transmission) or flywheel (manual transmission). For additional information, refer to Flexplate or Flywheel in this section.

2. CAUTION: Avoid scratching or damaging the oil cran kshaft seal running surface during removal of the crankshaft re ar oil seal.

Using the special tool, remove the crankshaft rear oil seal.

Installation

1. NOTE: Be sure the crankshaft rear sealing surface is clean and free of any rust or corrosion. To clean the crankshaft rear sealing surface, use extra-fine emery cloth or extra-fine 0000 steel wool with metal surface cleaner.

Page 180: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Lubricate the crankshaft rear oil seal with clean engine oil and install on the special tool.

2. Using the special tool, install the crankshaft rear oil seal.

3. Install the flexplate (automatic transmission) or flywheel (manual transmission).

For additional information, refer to Flexplate or Flywheel in this section.

Page 181: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 303-01C: Engine — 4.0L SOHC 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

IN-VEHICLE REPAIR Procedure revision date: 12/18/2003

Cylinder Block Cradle

Special Tool(s)

Lifting Eyes 303-D050 (D81L-6000-D) or equivalent

3 Bar Engine Support Kit 303-290A

Adapters for 303-290 303-290A-01

Adapter for 303-290A (Support Leg) 303-290A-03A

Material

Item Specification

Metal Surface Cleaner F4AZ-19A536-RA

WSE-M5B392-A

Silicone Gasket and Sealant F7AZ-19554-EA or equivalent

WSE-M5B392-A

Super Premium SAE 5W-30 Motor Oil XO-5W30-QSP or equivalent

WSS-M2C205-A

Removal

All vehicles

1. With the vehicle in NEUTRAL position it on a hoist. For additional information, refer to Section 100-02 .

2. Disconnect the negative battery cable. For additional information, refer to Section 414-01 .

3. Remove the air cleaner outlet pipe.

Page 182: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

1. Unclip the wire harness.

2. Disconnect the crankcase ventilation tube(s).

3. Loosen the clamps and remove the air cleaner outlet pipe.

4. Remove the bolts and position the fan shroud onto the cooling fan.

5. NOTE: Typical oil level indicator shown.

Remove the oil level indicator.

6. Remove the LH engine insulator nuts.

7. Remove the bolt and install the special tool.

Page 183: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

8. Remove the RH engine insulator nuts.

9. Remove the bolt.

10. Install the special tool using the previously removed bolt.

11. Install the special tools and raise the engine 25 mm (1 in).

Page 184: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

12. Remove the bolt and position the transmission cooler tube bracket aside.

13. NOTE: Tube-style power steering coolers do not require repositioning.

Remove the nuts and position the power steering cooler aside.

14. Remove the A/C tube bracket nut and position the bracket aside.

4x4 vehicles

15. NOTE: Some vehicles are equipped with a two-piece dual converter Y-pipe (LH and RH).

Remove the dual converter Y-pipe. For additional information, refer to Section 309-00 .

16. WARNING: Secure the axle to the jack with a safety strap. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal in jury.

Page 185: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

NOTE: Driveshaft shown removed for clarity.

Secure the axle housing to a suitable jack.

17. CAUTION: Any time bolts, washers, spacers or nuts are loosened in the differential support for any reason, install ne w components to prevent damage.

Remove and discard the axle housing support bolts and nuts.

18. Remove and discard the axle housing support bolt and nut.

19. Lower the axle housing 25 mm (1 in).

20. If equipped, remove the front axle dampener.

Page 186: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

All vehicles

21. Remove the starter solenoid terminal cover.

22. NOTE: The starter is shown removed for clarity. It is important to keep the

starter motor from applying tension on the starter motor cables.

Disconnect the starter motor electrical connectors.

23. Remove the nut and the ground cable.

24. Remove the starter motor bolts.

Page 187: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

25. NOTE: Install the drain plug when finished draining.

Drain the engine oil.

26. Remove the bolts and the oil pan.

27. Remove the oil pump pickup tube.

28. Remove the bolts.

Page 188: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

29. NOTE: The cylinder block cradle is shown removed for clarity. Note the location

of the two Torx bolts at the rear of the cylinder block cradle.

Remove the rear cylinder block cradle bolts.

30. Remove the eight inner bolts. Discard the washer seals.

31. Remove the outer bolts and nuts.

32. Remove the cylinder block cradle and the gasket.

Page 189: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Installation

All vehicles

1. NOTE: Inspect the integral oil pan gasket for cuts or damage that may cause leaks. Install a new gasket if necessary.

All sealing surfaces must be cleaned prior to assembly. Use metal surface cleaner to clean the sealing surfaces.

2. NOTE: Gasket material as well as silicone sealant may be present in the cavities in the main bearing cap. This material must be removed completely prior to assembly.

Clean the sealant from the cavities on the rear main bearing cap.

3. CAUTION: Failure to back off the set screws can re sult in damage to the cylinder block cradle.

NOTE: The set screw is shown from the top (crankshaft) side of the cylinder block cradle.

Back the eight set screws (7/16-inch Hex) off until they are below the cylinder block cradle boss.

4. NOTE: If the cylinder block cradle gasket is not secured within four minutes of

the sealant application, the sealant must be removed and the sealing area cleaned with metal surface cleaner. Allow the metal surface cleaner to dry until there is no sign of wetness, or four minutes, whichever is longer. Failure to follow this procedure can cause future oil leakage.

Apply silicone in the six places shown.

Page 190: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

5. Position the cylinder block cradle and gasket assembly.

6. Install and hand-tighten the outer bolts and nuts.

7. Install and hand-tighten the rear cylinder block cradle bolts.

8. Install the two rear cylinder block cradle-to-bell housing bolts.

Page 191: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

9. Tighten the outer bolts.

10. Tighten the rear cylinder block cradle bolts.

11. Tighten the eight set screws (7/16-inch Hex).

12. Install the two silver colored bolts and new washer seals. Hand-tighten them at this time.

Page 192: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

13. Install and hand-tighten the six remaining bolts.

14. Tighten the cylinder block cradle bolts in two stages in the sequence shown:

• Stage 1: Tighten to 15 Nm (11 lb-ft).

• Stage 2: Tighten to 33 Nm (24 lb-ft).

15. Install the oil pump screen cover and tube.

16. Install the oil pan and gasket.

Page 193: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

17. Install the starter motor.

18. Connect the ground cable and install the nut.

19. Connect the starter motor electrical connectors.

20. Position the A/C tube bracket and install the nut.

Page 194: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

21. If removed, position the power steering cooler and install the nuts.

22. Position the transmission cooler tube bracket and install the bolt.

4x4 vehicles

23. If equipped, install the front axle dampener.

24. NOTE: Driveshaft shown removed for clarity.

Raise the axle housing into the installed position.

Page 195: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

25. CAUTION: New axle housing support bolts must be in stalled each time the bolts are removed. Do not reuse axle housi ng support bolts.

Install the axle housing support bolt and nut.

26. Install the axle housing support bolts and nuts.

27. Install the dual converter Y-pipe. For additional information, refer to Section 309-

00 .

All vehicles

28. Lower the engine.

29. Install the RH engine insulator nuts.

30. Install the LH engine insulator nuts.

Page 196: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

31. NOTE: Typical oil level indicator shown.

Install the oil level indicator.

32. Position the fan shroud and install the nuts.

33. Install the air cleaner outlet pipe.

1. Position the air cleaner outlet pipe and tighten the clamps.

2. Connect the crankcase ventilation tube(s).

3. Install the wire harness clip.

34. Connect the negative battery cable. For additional information, refer to Section

414-01 .

35. Fill the engine with clean engine oil.

Page 197: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 303-01C: Engine — 4.0L SOHC 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

IN-VEHICLE REPAIR Procedure revision date: 06/26/2000

Engine Support Insulators

Special Tool(s)

Lifting Eyes 303-D030 (D81L-6001-D) or equivalent

Support Bar, Engine 303-290A

Adapters for 303-290 303-290A-01

Adapters for 303-290A (Support Leg) 303-290A-03A

Removal and Installation

All vehicles

1. Disconnect the battery ground cable. For additional information, refer to Section 414-01 .

2. Remove the fan shroud. For additional information, refer to Section 303-03 .

LH side

3. Remove the LH engine insulator nuts.

4. Remove the bolt and install the Lifting Eye.

Page 198: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

RH side

5. Remove the RH engine insulator nuts.

6. Remove the bolt and install the Lifting Eye.

Both sides

7. NOTE: Right side shown, left side similar.

Remove the radiator mounting bolts.

8. NOTE: The weight of the engine should be fully supported by the three bar

support.

Install the three bar support equipment.

Page 199: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

9. Remove the front wheel and tire assemblies. For additional information, refer to

Section 204-04 .

10. NOTE: Right side shown, left side similar.

If equipped, remove the pin-type retainers and the corresponding inner fender well splash shield(s).

4x4 vehicles

11. Disconnect the vent hose from the differential housing vent tube.

12. WARNING: Secure the axle to the jack with a safety strap. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal in jury.

Secure the axle housing to a suitable lift.

Page 200: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

13. CAUTION: Any time bolts, washers, spacers or nuts are loosened in the differential support for any reason, install ne w components to prevent damage.

NOTE: Driveshaft shown removed for clarity.

Remove and discard the bolts.

14. Remove and discard the bolt.

15. Lower the axle housing approximately 25 mm (1 in).

LH side

16. Remove the lower motor mount nut and washer.

17. If equipped, remove the wire harness bracket from the upper motor mount

bracket.

Page 201: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

18. Remove the three bolts and the upper motor mount bracket and the motor

mount.

RH side

19. Remove the lower motor mount nut and washer.

20. Remove the bolts and upper motor mount bracket and the motor mount.

Both sides

21. NOTE: Remove the jack after the front differential retainers have been installed to provide clearance for torque access.

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

Page 202: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 303-01C: Engine — 4.0L SOHC 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

REMOVAL Procedure revision date: 02/19/2004

Engine

Special Tool(s)

Lifting Brackets 303-050 (T70P-6000) or equivalent

Spreader Bar 303-D089 (D93P-6001-A3) or equivalent

Removal

All vehicles

1. Disconnect the battery ground cable. For additional information, refer to Section 414-01 .

2. CAUTION: If the fuel supply manifold is used as a leverage device, damage can occur to the supply manifold. Care must be taken when working around the fuel supply manifold.

Disconnect the spring lock couplings. For additional information, refer to Section 310-00 .

3. NOTE: Mark the hinge locations for installation reference.

Remove the hood.

4. If the vehicle is equipped with A/C, discharge and recover the A/C system. For additional information, refer to Section 412-00 .

5. Disconnect the mass air flow (MAF) sensor electrical connector.

6. Remove the fan blade. For additional information, refer to Section 303-03 .

7. Remove the air cleaner housing cover.

Page 203: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

8. Remove the radiator. For additional information, refer to Section 303-03 .

9. Disconnect the accelerator and speed control cables.

1. Detach the accelerator and speed control cables from the throttle body.

2. Detach the accelerator and speed control cables from the bracket and position the cables aside.

10. If the vehicle is equipped with A/C, disconnect the A/C field coil electrical

connector.

11. If the vehicle is equipped with A/C, disconnect the A/C high pressure switch electrical connector.

12. If the vehicle is equipped with A/C, remove the bolt and position the A/C hoses

aside.

Page 204: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

13. Remove the accessory drive belt. For additional information, refer to Section 303-05 .

14. Disconnect the high pressure hose from the lower power steering pump fitting.

15. NOTE: The battery is removed for clarity.

Disconnect the power steering return hose from the power steering fluid reservoir.

16. Remove the accessory bracket bolts and the bracket, the A/C compressor, if

equipped, the power steering pump and the power steering reservoir as an assembly.

17. Remove the nut and disconnect the electrical connector.

18. Disconnect the wiring harness retainer and position generator wiring away from

the engine.

Page 205: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

19. Loosen the bolt and disconnect the engine wiring harness electrical connector.

20. Remove the engine wiring harness retainer nut.

21. Loosen the bolt and disconnect the powertrain control module (PCM) electrical

connector.

22. Remove the retainer from the PCM ground wire and position the wiring harness

aside.

Page 206: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

23. Remove the retainer from the engine ground wire.

24. Disconnect the brake booster vacuum hose.

25. Disconnect the vapor hose.

26. Disconnect the vapor hose and pin-type retainer. Remove the vapor hose.

Page 207: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

27. Remove the crankcase breather hose and disconnect the two vacuum hoses

(one shown).

28. NOTE: Heater hose will be removed with engine.

Disconnect the heater hose.

29. Disconnect the heater hose.

Vehicles equipped with an automatic transmission

30. Remove the transmission level indicator tube nut.

Page 208: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

All vehicles

31. Remove the starter motor. For additional information, refer to Section 303-06 .

32. NOTE: 2WD shown, 4WD similar.

Remove the bolt and the engine wiring harness bracket. Disconnect the oil pressure sensor electrical connector.

Vehicles equipped with an automatic transmission

33. Disconnect the transmission control and input shaft electrical connectors. Remove the wiring harness pin-type retainer.

34. Disconnect the output shaft speed (OSS) sensor and digital transmission range

(TR) sensor electrical connectors.

35. Remove the bolt and position the transmission cooling tube bracket aside.

Page 209: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

36. Remove the four torque converter nuts.

Vehicles equipped with a manual transmission

37. Disconnect the reversing lamp switch electrical connector.

38. Disconnect the following:

1. Disconnect the OSS sensor electrical connector.

2. Detach the heated oxygen sensor (HO2S) electrical connector from the bracket.

All vehicles

39. Drain the engine oil.

40. Install the oil drain plug.

Page 210: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

41. Remove the oil filter.

42. Disconnect the RH HO2S electrical connector.

43. Disconnect the RH HO2S electrical connector.

44. Disconnect the LH HO2S electrical connector.

45. Remove the Y-pipe-to-catalytic converter nuts, bolts and gasket.

Page 211: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

46. Remove the nuts.

47. Remove the nuts and the exhaust pipe.

48. Disconnect the wiring harness electrical connector located on the frame.

49. Release the transmission/transfer case portion of the wiring harness from any

routing clips or pin-type retainers.

50. Route the transmission/transfer case portion of the wiring harness to the top of the engine.

51. If equipped with A/C, remove the A/C tube bracket nut and position it aside.

Page 212: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

52. NOTE: Automatic transmission shown, manual transmission similar.

Remove the eight bolts.

53. Remove the RH engine insulator nuts.

54. Remove the LH engine insulator nuts.

55. Install the left side lifting bracket.

Page 213: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

56. Install the right side lifting bracket.

57. Install the Spreader Bar to the Lifting Eyes.

58. Position a floor jack under the bell housing of the transmission.

59. Attach a floor crane to the Spreader Bar and remove the engine.

Page 214: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 303-01C: Engine — 4.0L SOHC 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

DISASSEMBLY Procedure revision date: 06/26/2000

Engine

Special Tool(s)

Remover, Crankshaft Vibration Damper 303-101 (T74P-6316-A)

Reamer, Cylinder Ridge 303-016 (T64L-6011-EA)

Compressor, Valve Spring 303-581 (T97T-6565-A)

Remover, Spark Plug Wire 303-106 (T74P-6666-A)

Socket, Rear Jackshaft 303-634

CAUTION: If the fuel supply manifold is used as a leverage device, damage can occur to the supply manifold. Care must be taken wh en working around the fuel supply manifold.

Vehicles equipped with an automatic transmission

1. Remove the bolts, the clutch pressure plate and the clutch disc.

• Remove the bolts in one-turn increments in a star pattern.

Page 215: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

All vehicles

2. Remove the bolts and the flexplate or the flywheel.

Vehicles equipped with an automatic transmission

3. Remove the spacer plate.

All vehicles

4. Install the engine on a suitable engine stand.

5. Rotate the drive belt tensioner counterclockwise and remove the drive belt.

6. Remove the bolts and position the accessory bracket aside.

7. Remove the generator mounting bracket.

1. Remove the drive belt tensioner bolt.

2. Remove the generator mounting bracket bolts.

Page 216: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

8. Disconnect the throttle position (TP) sensor electrical connector.

9. Disconnect the idle air control (IAC) valve electrical connector and disconnect

the exhaust gas regulator (EGR) valve vacuum hose.

10. Loosen the fitting and disconnect the exhaust manifold-to-EGR valve tube.

11. Disconnect the ignition coil electrical connector.

Page 217: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

12. Disconnect the radio ignition interference capacitor electrical connector.

13. Disconnect the EGR vacuum regulator.

14. CAUTION: Spark plug wires must be connected correc tly. Mark the spark plug wires before removing them.

Using the special tool, remove the spark plug wires from the spark plugs and all routing clips.

15. Remove the bolts.

Page 218: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

16. Remove the bolt and coil and the ignition wires.

17. Disconnect the vacuum hoses.

18. Detach and disconnect the electrical connector.

19. Remove the intake manifold bolts and lift up the intake manifold.

Page 219: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

20. Remove the heated positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) hose retainers and

remove the heated PCV fitting.

21. Remove the intake manifold.

22. Remove the bolts.

23. Detach the wiring harness retainer and remove the heater tube and bracket

assembly.

Page 220: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

24. Disconnect the camshaft position (CMP) sensor electrical connector.

25. Disconnect the differential pressure feedback EGR transducer.

26. Disconnect the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor electrical connector.

27. Disconnect the water temperature indicator sender unit and the engine coolant

temperature (ECT) sensor electrical connectors.

Page 221: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

28. NOTE: The LH side is shown, the RH side is similar.

Disconnect the six fuel injector electrical connectors.

29. Remove the engine control/fuel charging wiring.

30. Disconnect the EGR valve to exhaust manifold tube from the exhaust manifold.

31. Remove the bolt and position the lower fuel line bracket aside.

Page 222: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

32. Remove the fuel injection supply manifold.

33. Remove the LH valve cover and the gasket.

34. Remove the RH valve cover and the gasket.

35. Remove the fuel injectors.

Page 223: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

36. Remove the thermostat housing.

1. Remove the bolts.

2. Release the bypass hose clamp.

37. Remove the oil level indicator tube.

38. Remove the knock sensor.

39. Remove the RH exhaust manifold and the gasket.

Page 224: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

40. Remove the LH exhaust manifold and the gasket.

41. Remove the water pump.

42. Remove the bolt.

43. Using the special tool, remove the crankshaft pulley.

Page 225: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

44. Remove the RH hydraulic chain tensioner.

45. NOTE: Mark each camshaft roller follower to make sure of its original position

during reassembly.

Using the special tool, remove the camshaft roller followers.

46. CAUTION: The RH camshaft sprocket bolt is a LH thr eaded bolt.

Remove the RH camshaft sprocket bolt.

47. Remove the camshaft sprocket from the camshaft and install a rubber band on

the cassette to hold the chain and camshaft sprocket in place.

Page 226: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

48. Remove the bolt.

49. Remove the LH hydraulic chain tensioner.

50. Remove the LH camshaft sprocket bolt.

51. Remove the camshaft sprocket from the camshaft and install a rubber band on

the cassette to hold the chain and camshaft sprocket in place.

Page 227: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

52. Remove the bolt.

53. Remove the bolts in the sequence shown and remove the LH cylinder head.

54. Remove the bolts in the sequence shown and remove the RH cylinder head.

55. Remove the engine front cover.

Page 228: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

56. Remove the oil pan.

57. Remove the oil pump screen cover and tube.

58. Remove the bolts.

59. Remove the ladder frame bolts.

Page 229: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

60. Remove the fifteen bolts and the two nuts. Remove the ladder frame.

61. Remove the oil pump.

62. Remove the oil filter.

63. Remove the oil filter adapter.

64. Inspect and install new O-ring seals if necessary.

Page 230: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

65. Remove the chain tensioner.

66. Remove the chain guide.

67. Remove the rear jackshaft plug.

68. Install the special tool at the rear of the jackshaft.

Page 231: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

69. Loosen the front sprocket retaining bolt.

70. With special tool still in place, loosen the rear sprocket retaining bolt.

71. Remove the special tool.

72. NOTE: It may be required to hold the oil pump intermediate shaft, using an E-12 external TORX® socket, in order to remove the bolts if bolts do not turn out easily at this time.

Remove the bolt.

73. Remove the jackshaft sprocket and chain.

74. Remove the bolt and the front cassette.

Page 232: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

75. Remove the bolt and spacer.

76. Remove the bolt and remove the cassette.

77. Remove the oil pump drive.

78. Remove the jackshaft thrust plate.

Page 233: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

79. Remove the jackshaft.

80. Using the Cylinder Ridge Reamer, remove the ridge and carbon deposits from

the top of each cylinder.

81. Remove the piston and connecting rod assemblies.

1. Remove the connecting rod nuts.

2. Remove the connecting rod cap.

82. Install rubber hose pieces on the bolts to protect the crankshaft and remove the

pistons.

Page 234: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

83. Remove the bolts.

84. Remove the crankshaft main bearing caps.

85. Remove the crankshaft rear oil seal from the crankshaft.

86. Remove the crankshaft.

Page 235: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

87. Remove the crankshaft main bearings and the thrust bearing.

Page 236: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 303-01C: Engine — 4.0L SOHC 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY OF SUBASSEMBLIES Procedure revision date: 06/26/2000

Cylinder Head

Special Tool(s)

Compressor, Valve Spring 303-581 (T97T-6565-A)

Spacer, Valve Spring Compressor 303-382 (T91P-6565-AH)

Installer, Valve Stem Oil Seal 303–370 (T90T-6571-A)

Material

Item Specification

Super Premium SAE 5W-30 Motor Oil XO-5W30-QSP or equivalent

WSS-M2C205-A

Disassembly

1. Remove the spark plugs.

2. Using the special tool, remove the camshaft roller followers.

3. Using the special tool to compress the valve spring, remove the valve spring

retainer keys, the valve spring and the retainer.

Page 237: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

4. Remove the valve.

5. Repeat the procedure until all of the valves are removed.

6. Remove the valve stem seals.

7. NOTE: Mark the position of the camshaft bearing caps so they can be installed in their original position.

Remove the bolts in the sequence shown and remove the camshaft bearing caps and the oil supply tube.

8. Remove the camshaft.

9. Inspect the cylinder head. For additional information, refer to Section 303-00 .

Assembly

NOTE: Prior to assembly, coat all of the valve train components with clean engine oil.

1. Install the camshaft.

Page 238: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

2. NOTE: The camshaft bearing caps must be installed in the original position.

Position the camshaft bearing caps, the oil supply tube, and the bolts.

3. NOTE: After installing the bolts, check the camshaft for free rotation.

Tighten the camshaft bearing cap bolts in two stages in the sequence shown.

• Stage 1: Tighten to 6 Nm (53 lb-in).

• Stage 2: Tighten to 16 Nm (12 lb-ft).

4. Install the valve.

5. Using the special tool, install the valve stem seals.

6. Position the valve spring and the valve spring retainer.

Page 239: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

7. Install the special tool between the valve spring coils to prevent valve stem seal

damage.

8. Using the special tool to compress the valve spring, install the valve spring

retainer keys.

9. Repeat the procedure until all of the valves are installed.

10. Install the spark plugs.

11. Install the camshaft roller followers only when the cylinder head is installed in

the vehicle and the timing procedure has been carried out.

Page 240: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 303-01C: Engine — 4.0L SOHC 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY OF SUBASSEMBLIES Procedure revision date: 06/26/2000

Piston

Special Tool(s)

Service Set, Piston Pin 303-S024 (T68P-6135-A)

Material

Item Specification

Super Premium SAE 5W-30 Motor Oil XO-5W30-QSP or equivalent

WSS-M2C205-A

Disassembly

1. NOTE: The connecting rod bolts and nuts cannot be reused.

NOTE: Mark the position of the parts, so they can be installed in their original position.

Remove the connecting rod bearings from the connecting rod and caps.

2. Remove the piston rings. For additional information, refer to Section 303-00 .

3. Using the special tool, press the piston pin out of the connecting rod and piston assembly.

4. Remove the connecting rod from the piston.

Page 241: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

5. Clean and inspect the connecting rod and piston. For additional information, refer to Section 303-00 .

Assembly

1. NOTE: Apply a light coat of clean engine oil to all parts. Install the piston in the connecting rod with the cylinder number side of the rod and the indentation notch in the piston on the same side.

Install the large chamfered side of the connecting rod bearing bore facing toward the engine front on the RH bank connecting rod and facing toward the rear of the engine on LH bank connecting rod.

2. NOTE: The oil hole in connecting rod must face the RH side of the cylinder block and the arrow on the piston must face the front of the engine block.

Position the piston pin in the bore aligned with the connecting rod bore.

3. NOTE: If the piston pin is removed from the piston, a new piston and pin

assembly must be used. Do not reuse the piston or piston pin.

Gradually heat the pin bore side of the connecting rod to approximately 232°C-316°C (467°F-626°F) and immediately install the piston pi n.

4. Using the special tool, press the piston pin into the piston and connecting rod assembly.

5. Install the piston rings. For additional information, refer to Section 303-00 .

Page 242: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 303-01C: Engine — 4.0L SOHC 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

ASSEMBLY Procedure revision date: 03/18/2004

Engine

Special Tool(s)

Tensioner, Timing Chain 303-571 (T97T-6K254-A)

Holding Tool, Camshaft Sprocket 303-564 (T97T-6256-B)

Adapter for 303-564 303-578 (T97T-6256-A)

Holding Tool, Camshaft 303-577 (T97T-6256-C)

Adapter for 303-577 303-576 (T97T-6256-D)

Installer, Crankshaft Vibration Damper 303-102 (T74P-6316-B)

Timing Tool, Crankshaft TDC 303-573 (T97T-6303-A)

Page 243: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Compressor, Piston Ring 303-D032 (D81L-6002-C)

Compressor, Valve Spring 303–581 (T97T-6565-A)

Socket, Rear Jackshaft 303-634

Material

Item Specification

Super Premium SAE 5W-30 Motor Oil XO-5W30-QSP or equivalent

WSS-M2C153-G

Metal Surface Cleaner F4AZ-19536-RA or equivalent

WSE-M5B392-A

Silicone Gasket and Sealant F7AZ-19554-EA or equivalent

WSE-M4G323-A4

Silicone Brake Caliper Grease and Dielectric Compound D7AZ-19A331-A or equivalent

ESA-M1C171-A

High-Temperature 4x4 Front Axle and Wheel Bearing Grease E8TZ-19590-A or equivalent

ESA-M1C198-A

All vehicles

CAUTION: If the fuel supply manifold is used as a leverage device, damage can occur to the supply manifold. Care must be taken wh en working around the fuel supply manifold.

NOTE: Before engine assembly, use metal surface cleaner and a suitable plastic or wooden scraper to clean the sealing surfaces. All sealing surfaces must be clean. Make sure coolant and oil passages are clear.

1. Install the upper crankshaft main bearings and the thrust bearing.

• Lubricate the crankshaft main bearings with clean engine oil.

2. NOTE: The crankshaft main bearings are precision selective fit. Inspect the bearing clearance. For additional information, refer to Section 303-00 .

Page 244: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Install the crankshaft.

3. NOTE: The rear main bearing cap must be installed within four minutes after

applying the silicone.

Apply silicone gasket and sealant to the rear main bearing cap to cylinder block parting line.

4. Install the crankshaft lower main bearings in the main bearing caps.

5. Install the main bearing caps.

6. Tighten the main bearing cap bolts in two stages in the sequence shown.

1. Tighten bolts to 35 Nm (26 lb-ft).

2. Tighten bolts an additional 57 degrees.

7. Lubricate the piston rings with clean engine oil.

Page 245: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

8. Make sure that the piston rings are correctly spaced. For additional information, refer to Section 303-00 .

9. Install rubber hose pieces on the connecting rod bolts to protect the crankshaft.

10. NOTE: Position the piston with the indentation arrow toward the front of the

cylinder block.

Using the special tool, install the pistons.

11. NOTE: The old nuts and bolts are used for checking clearances. New nuts and

bolts must be used for reassembly.

Check the clearance of each connecting rod bearing. For additional information, refer to Section 303-00 .

12. Rotate the crankshaft until the piston is at the bottom of its stroke.

13. NOTE: For cylinders 1, 2, and 3, remove the connecting rod nut at the oil split hole side first. For cylinders 4, 5, and 6, remove the opposite nut first.

Loosen the first nut until the face is approximately 2 mm (0.08 in) over the end of the bolt.

14. Tap the bolt on the nut until it can be removed by hand.

Page 246: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

15. Repeat previous two steps for the opposite bolt.

16. Install the new bolts making certain that the bolt head is parallel to the sideward face of the connecting rod.

17. Install the connecting rod cap in the original position.

18. Install and tighten the connecting rod nuts finger tight.

19. Tighten the connecting rod nuts simultaneously in two stages:

• Stage 1: Tighten 20 Nm (15 lb-ft).

• Stage 2: Tighten 90 degrees.

20. Repeat previous four steps for the remaining connecting rods.

21. Rotate crankshaft until No.1 piston is at top dead center.

22. Install the oil pump.

Page 247: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

23. Install the jackshaft.

24. Install the jackshaft thrust plate and bolts.

25. Install the oil pump drive.

26. Attach the rear cassette and sprocket to the bolt. Do not tighten at this time.

Page 248: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

27. Install the rear cassette and bolt.

28. Install the front cassette and bolt.

29. Position the jackshaft sprocket and chain.

30. Install the chain guide.

Page 249: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

31. Install the chain tensioner.

32. Install the bolt. Do not tighten at this time.

33. While holding the front jackshaft sprocket bolt secure, tighten the rear bolt to 20

Nm (15 lb-ft).

34. Install the special tool on the rear of the jackshaft.

35. Tighten the rear bolt an additional 90 degrees.

Page 250: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

36. Tighten the front bolt in two stages.

• Stage 1: Tighten to 45 Nm (33 lb-ft).

• Stage 2: Tighten 90 degrees.

37. Remove the special tool and install the rear jackshaft plug.

38. Position the front cover gasket and install the front cover.

39. Apply silicone gasket and sealant to the front cover in four places.

Page 251: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

40. Apply silicone gasket and sealant to the rear main bearing cap as shown.

• Position the ladder frame gasket.

41. CAUTION: The ladder frame inserts must be loosened completely or damage to the ladder frame and/or oil leaks can res ult.

Loosen the ladder frame inserts.

42. Position the ladder frame and gasket assembly.

43. Install and hand-tighten the fifteen bolts and two nuts.

Page 252: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

44. Install and hand-tighten the bolts.

45. NOTE: The ladder frame to cylinder block alignment must be within a maximum

mismatch of 0.25 mm (0.01 in) ladder frame underflush or 0.05 mm ( 0.00196 in) ladder frame protrusion.

Using a straightedge, align the transmission face of the ladder frame with the rear face of the cylinder block.

46. Tighten the fifteen bolts and two nuts.

47. Tighten the bolts.

Page 253: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

48. Tighten the inserts.

49. Install new seals on the two silver bolts and position them in the ladder frame.

50. Position the six remaining bolts.

51. Tighten the ladder frame bolts in two stages.

• Stage 1: Tighten to 15 Nm (11 lb-ft).

• Stage 2: Tighten to 33 Nm (24 lb-ft).

Page 254: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

52. NOTE: Assemblies that measure out of specification must have the entire

assembly procedure repeated.

Measure the step between the rear face of the cylinder block and the transmission face of the ladder frame.

53. Repair all assemblies that exceed underflush specification by installing shims on

one or both sides of the ladder frame.

54. Install the oil pump screen cover and tube.

55. Install the gasket, and the oil pan.

Page 255: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

56. Install the oil filter adapter.

57. Install the oil filter.

58. Install the water pump.

59. NOTE: LH shown, RH similar.

Install the cylinder head gasket.

Page 256: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

60. NOTE: LH shown, RH similar.

Install the cylinder head and tighten the bolts in the sequence shown.

61. NOTE: LH shown, RH similar.

Install the two 8 mm bolts.

62. NOTE: LH shown, RH similar.

Tighten the bolts in the sequence shown in two stages.

• Stage 1: Rotate 80 degrees.

• Stage 2: Rotate an additional 80 degrees.

63. Using the special tool, install the crankshaft pulley.

Page 257: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

64. CAUTION: A new bolt must be used each time it is r emoved.

Tighten the bolt in two stages.

• Stage 1: Tighten to 50 Nm (37 lb-ft).

• Stage 2: Rotate an additional 90 degrees.

65. CAUTION: The camshaft sprocket must turn freely on the camshaft. DO NOT tighten the bolt.

Install the RH rear camshaft bolt.

66. Install the bolt.

67. CAUTION: The camshaft sprocket must turn freely on the camshaft. DO NOT tighten the bolt.

Page 258: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Install the LH front camshaft bolt.

68. Install the bolt.

69. Turn the crankshaft one revolution clockwise.

70. CAUTION: Do not rotate the engine counterclockwise . Rotating the engine counterclockwise will result in incorrect ti ming of the engine.

NOTE: The special tool must be installed on the damper and should contact the engine block, this positions the engine at top dead center (TDC).

Install the special tool.

71. NOTE: Camshaft timing slots are off-center.

NOTE: Position the camshaft timing slots below centerline of camshaft to correctly fit the special tools.

Install the special tools on the front of the RH cylinder head.

Page 259: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

72. NOTE: Leave the top two special tool clamp bolts loose.

Install the special tools on the rear of the RH cylinder head.

73. Install the special tool.

74. CAUTION: The RH camshaft sprocket bolt is a LH thr eaded bolt.

Tighten the bolts.

1. Tighten the special tool top two clamp bolts to 10 Nm (89 lb-in).

2. Tighten the camshaft bolt.

75. Remove the special tool and install the RH camshaft tensioner.

Page 260: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

76. Remove the special tools from the RH cylinder head.

77. NOTE: Do not tighten the special tool top two clamp bolts. Camshaft sprocket must rotate freely.

Install the special tools on the front of the LH cylinder head.

78. NOTE: Camshaft timing slots are off-center.

NOTE: Position the camshaft timing slots below centerline of camshaft to correctly fit the special tools.

Install the special tools on the rear of the LH cylinder head.

79. Install the special tool.

80. Tighten the bolts.

1. Tighten the special tool top two clamp bolts to 10 Nm (89 lb-in).

Page 261: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

2. Tighten the camshaft bolt.

81. Remove the special tool and install the LH camshaft tensioner.

82. Remove the special tools from the LH cylinder head.

83. Remove the special tool.

84. NOTE: Lubricate the parts with clean engine oil prior to installing.

Using the special tool, install the roller followers in their original position.

85. Install the gasket and the LH exhaust manifold.

Page 262: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

86. Install the gasket and the RH exhaust manifold.

87. NOTE: Prior to installation, use metal surface cleaner to clean mating surfaces.

Install the knock sensor.

88. Install the oil level indicator tube.

89. Install the thermostat housing.

1. Install the housing into the bypass hose.

2. Install the bolts.

3. Position the bypass hose clamp.

Page 263: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

90. Install the fuel injectors.

• Lubricate the fuel injector O-ring seals with engine oil.

91. Install the gasket and the RH valve cover.

92. Install the gasket and the LH valve cover.

93. Install the fuel injection supply manifold.

Page 264: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

94. Install the lower fuel line bracket.

95. Connect the EGR valve to exhaust manifold tube to the exhaust manifold.

96. Install the fuel charging wiring.

97. NOTE: LH shown, RH similar.

Connect the six fuel injector electrical connectors.

Page 265: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

98. Connect the water temperature indicator sender unit and the engine coolant

temperature (ECT) sensor electrical connectors.

99. Connect the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor electrical connector.

100. Connect the differential pressure feedback EGR transducer.

101. Connect the camshaft position (CMP) sensor electrical connector.

Page 266: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

102. Attach the wiring harness retainer and install the heater tube bracket

assembly.

103. Install the bolts.

104. Position the intake manifold close to the installed position.

105. Install the heated positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) fitting.

106. Install the intake manifold.

Page 267: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

107. Connect and attach the electrical connector.

108. Connect the vacuum hoses.

109. Install the coil and ignition wire. Install the bolt.

Page 268: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

110. Install the bolts.

111. CAUTION: Make sure to orient the spark plug boots so the spark plug wires do not contact the exhaust manifolds. Wi re contact can send voltage spikes to other electronic modules.

NOTE: Apply dielectric compound to the inside of the spark plug boots.

Connect the spark plug wires to the spark plugs.

112. Connect the exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) vacuum regulator.

113. Connect the radio ignition interference capacitor electrical connector.

114. Connect the ignition coil electrical connector.

Page 269: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

115. Connect the EGR valve-to-exhaust manifold tube to the EGR valve.

116. Connect the idle air control (IAC) valve electrical connector and connect the

EGR valve vacuum hose.

117. Connect the throttle position (TP) sensor electrical connector.

118. Install the generator mounting bracket.

1. Install the generator mounting bracket bolts.

2. Install the drive belt tensioner bolt.

Page 270: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

119. Install the accessory bracket and tighten the bolts.

120. Rotate the drive belt tensioner counterclockwise and install the drive belt.

121. Install the Lifting Eyes.

122. Install the Spreader Bar to the Lifting Eyes.

123. Attach an appropriate engine crane to the engine and remove the engine from the engine stand.

Vehicles equipped with an automatic transmission

124. Install the spacer plate.

All vehicles

125. NOTE: Special bolts are used for flexplate or flywheel installation. Do not use standard bolts.

Position the flexplate or flywheel and install the bolts. Tighten the bolts in the sequence shown in two stages.

• Stage 1: Tighten the bolts to 13 Nm (10 lb-ft).

• Stage 2: Tighten the bolts to 71 Nm (52 lb-ft).

Vehicles equipped with a manual transmission

126. Lubricate the transmission input shaft pilot bearing, using front axle grease.

Page 271: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

127. Adjust the clutch pressure plate.

1. Using a suitable press, press downward on the fingers until the adjusting ring moves freely.

2. Rotate the adjusting ring counterclockwise to compress the tension springs. Hold the adjusting ring in this position.

3. Release the pressure on the fingers. The adjusting ring will stay in the reset position.

128. Using the special tool, position the clutch disc on the flywheel.

129. NOTE: If reusing the clutch pressure plate and flywheel, align the marks

made during removal.

Position the pressure plate and install the bolts. Tighten the bolts in a star pattern sequence.

Page 272: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001
Page 273: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 303-01C: Engine — 4.0L SOHC 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

INSTALLATION Procedure revision date: 03/01/2004

Engine

Special Tool(s)

Lifting Brackets 303-050 (T70P-6000) or equivalent

Spreader Bar 303-D089 (D93P-6001-A3) or equivalent

Installation

All vehicles

CAUTION: If the fuel supply manifold is used as a leverage device, damage can occur to the supply manifold. Care must be taken wh en working around the fuel supply manifold.

1. Install the engine, remove the floor crane and the Spreader Bar.

2. Install the LH engine insulator nuts.

3. Install the RH engine insulator nuts.

4. NOTE: Automatic transmission shown, manual transmission similar.

Install the eight transmission-to-engine bolts.

Page 274: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

5. If equipped with A/C, position the A/C tube bracket and install the nut.

6. Route the transmission/transfer case portion of the wiring harness down to the

transmission.

7. Attach the transmission/transfer case portion of the wiring harness to any routing clips or pin-type retainers.

8. Connect the wiring harness electrical connector located on the frame.

9. Position the Y-pipe and install the gasket, the bolts and the nuts.

10. Install the nuts.

Page 275: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

11. Install the nuts.

12. Connect the LH heated oxygen sensor (HO2S) electrical connector.

13. Connect the RH (HO2S) electrical connector.

14. Connect the RH (HO2S) electrical connector.

Page 276: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

15. Install a new engine oil filter.

Vehicles equipped with a manual transmission

16. Connect the following:

1. Connect the output shaft speed (OSS) sensor electrical connector.

2. Attach the heated oxygen sensor (HO2S) electrical connector to the bracket.

17. Connect the reversing lamp switch electrical connector.

Vehicles equipped with an automatic transmission

18. Install the four torque converter nuts.

19. Position the transmission cooling tube bracket and install the bolt.

Page 277: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

20. Connect the output shaft speed (OSS) sensor and digital transmission range

(TR) sensor electrical connectors.

21. Connect the transmission control and input shaft electrical connectors. Install

the wiring harness pin-type retainer.

22. Position the transmission level indicator tube and install the nut.

All vehicles

23. Install the starter. For additional information, refer to Section 303-06 .

24. Connect the heater hose.

Page 278: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

25. Connect the heater hose.

26. Install the crankcase breather hose and connect the two vacuum hoses (one

shown).

27. Install the vapor hose and attach the pin-type retainer.

28. Connect the vapor hose.

Page 279: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

29. Connect the brake booster vacuum hose.

30. Position the engine ground wire and install the retainer.

31. Position the powertrain control module (PCM) electrical ground wire and install

the retainer.

32. Connect the PCM electrical connector and tighten the bolt.

Page 280: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

33. Position the engine wiring harness and install the retainer nut.

34. Connect the engine wiring harness electrical connector and tighten the bolt.

35. NOTE: 2WD shown, 4WD similar.

Install the engine wiring harness bracket and bolt and connect the oil pressure sensor electrical connector.

36. Position the wiring harness and install the bolt.

Page 281: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

37. Connect the generator wiring.

38. Position the accessory bracket, the A/C compressor if equipped, and the power

steering pump and power steering fluid reservoir as an assembly and install the accessory bracket bolts.

39. NOTE: The battery is removed for clarity.

Connect the power steering return hose to the power steering fluid reservoir.

40. Connect the power steering high pressure hose to the lower power steering

pump fitting.

Page 282: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

41. If equipped with A/C, position the A/C compressor manifold tube and install the

bolt.

42. If equipped with A/C connect the A/C high pressure switch electrical connector.

43. If equipped with A/C, connect the A/C field electrical connector.

44. Install the accessory drive belt. For additional information, refer to Section 303-05 .

45. Connect the accelerator and speed control cables.

1. Position the cables and connect the accelerator and speed control cables to the bracket.

2. Connect the accelerator and speed control cables to the throttle body.

46. NOTE: Do not fill the cooling system at this time.

Page 283: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Install the radiator. For additional information, refer to Section 303-03 .

47. Install the air cleaner housing cover.

48. Connect the mass air flow (MAF) sensor.

49. Install the fan blade. For additional information, refer to Section 303-03 .

50. Install the hood.

51. Connect the spring lock couplings. For additional information, refer to Section 310-00 .

52. Connect the battery ground cable. For additional information, refer to Section 414-01 .

53. Fill the engine to the correct oil level with clean engine oil.

54. Fill and bleed the engine cooling system. For additional information, refer to Section 303-03 .

55. Fill the power steering system. For additional information, refer to Section 211-00 .

56. If equipped with A/C, recharge the A/C system. For additional information, refer to Section 412-00 .

Page 284: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

GROUP 07: Automatic Transmission

SECTION 307-01A: Automatic Transmission — 4R44E

SECTION 307-01B: Automatic Transmission — 5R44E and 5R55E

SECTION 307-02: Transaxle/Transmission Cooling

SECTION 307-05: Automatic Transaxle/Transmission External Controls

Page 285: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 307-01B: Automatic Transmission — 5R44E and 5R55E

SPECIFICATIONS

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

Transmission Description

Identification Tags

Range Selection

Shift Patterns

Disassembled Views

Bushings, Bearing and Thrust Washer Locator

Seals, Rings and Gaskets Locator

Torque Converter

Geartrain

Apply Components

Hydraulic System

Transmission Electronic Control System

DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING

Diagnostic Strategy

Diagnostic Flow Chart

Preliminary Inspection

Know and Understand the Concern

Verification of Condition

Road Testing Vehicle

Shift Point Road Test

Torque Converter Diagnosis

Visual Inspection

Diagnostics

On-Board Diagnostics with Diagnostic Tool

Output State Control (OSC) Mode

Output State Control (OSC) Procedures:

Transmission Drive Cycle Test

After On-Board Diagnostics

Before Pinpoint Tests

Diagnostic Trouble Code Charts

Rotunda Transmission Tester

Page 286: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Transmission Connector Layouts

Pinpoint Tests — OSC Equipped Vehicles

Special Testing Procedures

Leakage Inspection

Transmission Fluid Cooler

Diagnosis By Symptom

GENERAL PROCEDURES

Transmission Fluid Cooler — Backflushing and Cleaning

Transmission Fluid Drain and Refill — Automated Equipment

Transmission Fluid Drain and Refill — Vehicles Not Equipped With Torque Converter Drain Plug

Transmission Fluid In-Line Filter

Torque Converter

Torque Converter Contamination Inspection

IN-VEHICLE REPAIR

Fluid Pan, Gasket and Filter

Main Control Valve Body

Output Shaft Speed (OSS) Sensor

Intermediate Shaft Speed Sensor

Extension Housing Seal and Bushing

Extension Housing Gasket — 4x2

Extension Housing Gasket — 4x4

Solenoids — Shift, Torque Converter Clutch, Electronic

Manual Control Lever Shaft and Seal

Digital Transmission Range (TR) Sensor

Heat Shield

Internal Harness Service

Transmission Insulator and Retainer

REMOVAL

Transmission

DISASSEMBLY

Transmission

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY OF SUBASSEMBLIES

Main Control Valve Body

Converter Housing and Fluid Pump

Front Brake and Coast Clutch Drum Assembly

Intermediate Brake and Direct Clutch Drum Assembly

Page 287: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Forward Clutch

Forward Geartrain

Front Planetary and One-Way Clutch Assembly

Front Planetary Gears

Center Support

Reverse Brake Drum

Output Shaft Ring Gear and Hub Shaft Assembly

ASSEMBLY

Transmission

INSTALLATION

Transmission

Page 288: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 307-01B: Automatic Transmission — 5R44E and 5R55E

2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

DISASSEMBLY Procedure revision date: 01/17/2002

Transmission

Special Tool(s)

Holding Fixture, Transmission 307-262 (T93T-77002-AH)

Holding Fixture, Transmission 307-003 (T57L-500-B)

Remover, Transmission Extension Housing Bushing 308-070 (T77L-7697-E)

Slide Hammer 100-001 (T50T-100-A)

Remover, Torque Converter Fluid Seal 307-309 (T94P-77001-BH)

Compressor, Servo Cover 307-340 (T95L-77028-A)

Remover, Servo 307-347 (T97T-7D021-A)

Page 289: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Handle, Torque Converter 307-091 (T81P-7902-C)

Retainer, Torque Converter 307-346 (T97T-7902-A)

All vehicles

1. WARNING: Do not remove the torque converter from t he transmission while still on the jack. Doing so could cause the t ransmission to fall. Failure to follow these instructions may result in personal injury.

Place the transmission on a workbench.

2. Remove the special tool.

3. WARNING: The torque converter is heavy, especially when full of fluid. Failure to follow these instructions may res ult in personal injury.

Using the special tool, remove the torque converter.

Page 290: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

4. NOTE: The splines on the input shaft are not the same on both ends. The end with the shorter spline goes into the assembly.

Remove the input shaft.

5. Remove the output shaft speed (OSS) sensor.

1. Remove the OSS screw.

2. Remove OSS sensor.

6. Remove the intermediate shaft speed sensor.

1. Remove the intermediate shaft speed screw.

2. Remove intermediate shaft speed sensor.

7. If equipped, remove the heat shield.

1. Remove the nut.

2. Remove the heat shield.

Page 291: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

8. Remove manual control outer lever nut and manual control outer lever.

9. Remove the digital transmission range (TR) sensor.

1. Remove the screws.

2. Remove the digital TR sensor.

4x2 vehicles

10. Using the special tools, remove the extension housing seal.

11. NOTE: Remove the extension housing bushing only if service is required.

Using the special tool, remove the extension housing bushing.

• Inspect the extension housing bushing and driveshaft slip yoke for nicks, gouges, scoring and wear.

Page 292: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

All vehicles

12. CAUTION: The parking pawl, parking pawl return spr ing and parking pawl shaft could fall out during removal of the ext ension housing.

Remove the screws, studs and the extension housing.

• Discard the extension housing gasket.

13. Remove the parking pawl assembly.

1. Remove the parking pawl shaft.

2. Remove the parking pawl.

3. Remove the parking pawl return spring.

14. CAUTION: The parking pawl actuating rod must slip freely into the clearance hole in the adapter plate.

Install the special tool.

Page 293: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

15. Assemble the special tools.

16. WARNING: Make sure the lock pin on the special too l is secure. Failure to follow these instructions may result in personal injury.

Install the transmission into the special tool. Rotate the transmission so the fluid pan is facing up.

17. CAUTION: Do not reuse the fluid pan gasket.

Remove the transmission fluid pan screws, pan and transmission pan gasket and then discard the gasket.

Page 294: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

18. Remove the transmission fluid filter and discard.

1. Remove the screw.

2. Remove the transmission fluid filter.

19. Carefully lift up on the wire loom guide and protector. Disengage the retaining

pins from the solenoid clamps.

20. Disconnect the solenoid electrical connectors.

1. Disconnect the SSA, SSB, SSC and SSD electrical connectors.

2. Disconnect the torque converter clutch (TCC) solenoid electrical connector.

3. Disconnect the electronic pressure control (EPC) solenoid electrical connector.

Page 295: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

21. Remove the manual control valve detent lever spring.

1. Remove the screw.

2. Remove the manual control valve detent lever spring.

22. Remove the low/reverse band servo cover.

1. Remove the screws.

2. Remove the low/reverse band servo cover and the low/reverse servo separator plate cover gasket.

• Discard the low/reverse servo separator plate cover gasket.

23. Remove the low/reverse band servo piston and rod assembly.

24. CAUTION: To prevent solenoid valves from falling o ut, do not remove the two screws shown below.

Do not remove the two (gold colored) screws specified.

Page 296: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

25. Remove the twenty-three valve body screws.

26. Remove the main control valve body, valve body separator plate and main

control to separator plate gasket.

• Discard gaskets.

27. CAUTION: Throw the locknuts away. The locknuts are not reusable for assembly.

Remove the locknuts and the screws.

28. CAUTION: The servo cover is under spring tension.

Using the special tool, remove the intermediate servo cover retaining ring.

Page 297: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

29. NOTE: Tag the servo cover, piston and spring. Label accordingly for assembly.

The covers have letters cast on the outer surface for identification.

NOTE: Use the special tool to prevent damage to the servo, cover and bore.

Using the special tool, remove the intermediate band servo piston, spring and cover.

30. CAUTION: Servo cover is under spring tension.

Using the special tool, remove the overdrive servo retaining ring and cover.

31. NOTE: Tag the servo cover, piston and servo piston spring. Label accordingly

for assembly. The covers have letters cast on the outer surface for identification.

NOTE: Use the special tool to prevent damage to the servo piston and bore.

Using the special tool, remove the overdrive band servo piston, spring and cover.

Page 298: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

32. WARNING: Make sure the lock pin on the special too l is secure. Failure to follow these instructions may result in personal injury.

Rotate the transmission so the converter housing faces up.

33. CAUTION: Discard the screws. The screws are not re usable for assembly.

Remove and discard the screws.

34. Remove the converter housing and fluid pump support.

• Turn and lift the converter housing and fluid pump support from the case.

Page 299: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

35. Remove the No. 1 fluid pump input thrust washer.

36. Compress the front band around the front brake and coast clutch drum and

remove the front band anchor strut.

37. CAUTION: Identify the anchor and apply ends of the front band.

Remove the front band.

38. Remove the front brake and coast clutch drum.

39. Remove the front band apply strut.

Page 300: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

40. NOTE: The front band lever shaft is longer than the intermediate band lever

shaft.

Remove the front band actuating lever shaft.

41. CAUTION: Do not bend trigger wheel.

NOTE: The No. 2 thrust bearing is in this assembly.

Remove the planetary gear overdrive carrier.

42. NOTE: Tag and identify the front band servo lever. The front band servo lever

has a letter stamped on the side.

Remove the front band servo lever and front band lever to case bracket.

43. Remove the No. 2 front planet thrust bearing.

Page 301: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

44. Remove the front ring gear, front one-way clutch assembly and center shaft as

an assembly.

45. NOTE: Tag and identify the No. 3 center shaft thrust bearing for assembly.

Remove the No. 3 center shaft thrust bearing.

46. CAUTION: The center support locknut can fall into the remaining assembly if not removed.

Remove the center support cap screw.

47. Remove the locknut and cage.

Page 302: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

48. CAUTION: Do not pry on other wires or damage the c onnector or case surface.

Disconnect the turbine shaft speed (TSS) sensor electrical connector.

1. Remove the TSS sensor electrical connector from the transmission case (16-pin) electrical connector.

2. Remove the TSS sensor connector wires from wire locator.

49. CAUTION: Carefully route the TSS connector and wir ing into the transmission through the opening in the case.

Remove the TSS sensor.

1. Remove the screw.

2. Remove the TSS sensor.

50. CAUTION: Do not overstretch the retaining spring.

Remove the transmission case (16-pin) electrical connector retaining spring.

Page 303: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

51. CAUTION: Do not damage the connector or harness.

Compress the tabs on the transmission case (16-pin) electrical connector. Push the transmission case (16-pin) electrical connector out of transmission case.

52. Remove the center support retaining ring.

53. NOTE: When removing the center support, pull evenly around the center

support web.

Remove the center support.

Page 304: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

54. NOTE: Tag and identify the No. 4 intermediate brake drum thrust bearing.

Remove the No. 4 intermediate brake drum thrust bearing.

55. Remove the intermediate band anchor strut.

56. CAUTION: Identify the anchor and apply ends of the intermediate band.

Remove the intermediate band.

57. Remove the intermediate band apply strut.

Page 305: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

58. NOTE: The intermediate band lever shaft is shorter than the front band lever

shaft.

Remove the intermediate band actuating lever shaft.

59. NOTE: Tag and identify the intermediate servo band lever. The intermediate

servo band lever has a letter stamped into its side.

Remove the intermediate servo actuating lever.

60. NOTE: The No. 5 forward clutch cylinder thrust bearing may come out with the

intermediate brake and direct clutch drum.

Remove the intermediate brake and direct clutch drum.

61. Remove the No. 5 forward clutch cylinder thrust bearing tag and identify.

Page 306: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

62. Remove the forward clutch cylinder.

63. Remove the No. 6A forward ring gear hub thrust bearing.

64. Remove the forward ring gear and forward ring gear hub as an assembly.

65. Remove the No. 6B forward clutch thrust washer from the forward ring gear hub.

Page 307: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

66. NOTE: Check the black oxidized side during removal to make sure of correct placement during reassembly. The black oxidized side must be toward planetary assembly. The uncoated side must face up.

Remove the No. 7 forward planet thrust bearing.

67. Remove the forward planetary assembly.

68. Remove input shell with the forward sun gear.

69. NOTE: Tag and identify the No. 8 low/reverse planetary carrier thrust bearing.

Remove the No. 8 low/reverse planetary carrier thrust bearing.

70. Remove the low/reverse planetary retaining ring.

Page 308: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

71. Remove low/reverse planetary assembly.

72. NOTE: Tag and identify the No. 9 low/reverse planetary carrier thrust bearing.

Remove the No. 9 low/reverse planetary carrier thrust bearing.

73. Remove the output shaft sleeve.

74. CAUTION: Discard the output shaft retaining ring. A new retaining ring must be used for assembly.

Remove and discard the output shaft retaining ring.

Page 309: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

75. Remove the output shaft ring gear and the output shaft hub.

76. NOTE: Tag and identify the No. 10 output shaft hub thrust bearing.

Remove the No. 10 output shaft thrust bearing.

77. NOTE: The inner race of the rear one-way clutch is not removable. It is serviced

in the case.

Remove the low/reverse brake drum and one-way clutch assembly.

78. Remove the reverse band.

Page 310: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

79. Remove the output shaft.

80. Remove the park gear.

81. NOTE: Tag and identify the No. 11 output shaft thrust washer.

Remove the No. 11 output shaft thrust washer.

82. CAUTION: To avoid damage, make sure wrench does no t strike the manual valve inner lever pin.

Remove the manual control valve inner lever nut.

Page 311: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

83. Remove the manual control valve inner lever and the parking lever actuating

rod.

84. CAUTION: Do not damage the case fluid pan rail.

Remove the manual control lever shaft spring pin.

• Tap lightly on each side of the manual control lever shaft spring pin with a drift punch.

• Pry the spring pin out of its bore.

85. Remove the manual control lever shaft.

86. CAUTION: Do not damage the bore.

Remove the manual control lever seal.

Page 312: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 307-01B: Automatic Transmission — 5R44E and 5R55E 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY OF SUBASSEMBLIES Procedure revision date: 01/17/2002

Main Control Valve Body

Special Tool(s)

Aligner, Valve Body 307-333 (T95L-70010-B)

Aligner, Valve Body 307-334 (T95L-70010-C)

Page 313: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Item Part

Number Description

1 — Valve — manual

2 7E335 Retainer — valve plug (7 req'd)

3 7M203 Valve — EPC blowoff

4 — Valve — forward modulator

5 — Spring — forward modulator

6 7E335 Retainer — valve plug (6 req'd)

7 — Plug — valve retainer

Page 314: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

8 — Valve — EPC boost

9 — Spring — EPC boost

10 7E336 Retainer — valve plug

11 — Sleeve — pressure boost

12 — Valve — pressure boost

13 — Spring — pressure boost

14 — Spring — oil pressure regulator

15 — Retainer — main regulator spring

16 — Valve — pressure regulator

17 — Plug — valve retainer (3 req'd)

18 — Spring — forward engagement

19 — Valve — forward engagement control

20 7G484 Solenoid — shift (4 req'd)

21 — Spring — 4-3 (K.D./T.D.) (2 req'd)

22 — Valve — 4-3 (K.D.)

23 — Spring — manual low (1)

24 — Valve — manual low (1)

25 — Plug — valve retainer

26 — Valve — 4-3 (T.D.)

27 — Valve — 1-2 and 4-5 shift

28 — Spring — 1-2 and 4-5 shift

29 7E366 Retainer — valve plug

30 — Spring — thermostat bypass

31 — Valve — thermostatic bypass

32 — Valve — thermostat bypass

33 — Spring — thermostat bypass

34 — Plug — valve retainer

35 — Spring — cooler limit

36 — Valve — cooler limit

37 7G136 Solenoid — converter clutch (PWM)

38 — Valve — converter clutch

39 — Spring — converter clutch

40 — Plug — valve retainer

41 — Valve — converter clutch

42 — Spring — converter clutch

43 — Spring — converter clutch (3.0L and 4.0L only)

44 — Plug — valve retainer

45 — Valve — coast clutch

46 — Spring — coast clutch

47 — Plug — valve retainer

Page 315: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

48 — Valve — 4-3 downshifts

49 — Spring — 4-3 downshifts

50 7G383 Solenoid — EPC (VFS)

51 7E335 Retainer — valve plug

52 — Plug — valve retainer

53 — Valve — 2-3 shift

54 — Valve — 2-3 shift

55 — Spring — 2-3 shift

56 — Plug — valve retainer

57 — Spring — 3-4 shift

58 — Valve — 3-4 shift

59 — Plug — valve retainer

60 — Valve — reverse modulation

61 — Spring — reverse modulation (2 req'd)

62 — Plug — valve retainer

63 — Valve — reverse modulation

64 7L491 Clamp — SSA/SSC

65 7L491 Clamp — SSB/SSD/EPC/TCC

66 E800155-S72

Screw — retain solenoid clamps (2 req'd)

67 7D132 ID plate

68 — Body — valve

69 7Z492 Plate — separator

70 E804357-S Screw — retain separator plate (3 req'd)

71 7D376 Extension housing lube orifice

72 7E368 Valve — converter relief (plastic)

73 7E340 Spring — EPC limit/converter relief (2 req'd)

74 7E195 Ball (4 req'd)

Disassembly

1. CAUTION: The SSC solenoid may pop out of its bore. This may damage the solenoid.

Remove the SSA and the SSC clamp and SSA and SSC solenoid.

1. Remove the solenoid clamp screw.

2. Remove the solenoid clamp.

3. Remove the SSA and SSC solenoids.

Page 316: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

2. CAUTION: The torque converter clutch (TCC) solenoi d may pop out of its bore. This may damage the solenoid.

CAUTION: The converter modulator valve may come ou t after the TCC solenoid. This may cause damage to the valve.

Remove the SSB, SSD, TCC and the EPC solenoid.

1. Remove the solenoid clamp screw.

2. Remove the solenoid clamp.

3. Remove the SSB, SSD, TCC and the EPC solenoids.

3. Rotate the main control valve body so that the main control separating plate is

facing up.

4. CAUTION: Valves may come out when rotating the mai n control valve body.

CAUTION: The extension housing lube orifice and re lief valves may stick to the separator plate.

NOTE: The main control separator plate has a bonded gasket.

Remove the valve body separator plate screws.

5. Remove valve body separator plate.

Page 317: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

6. Remove the extension housing lube orifice.

7. Remove the black plastic converter relief valve and spring.

8. Remove the four main control valve body check balls.

9. If the main control requires cleaning, completely disassemble the main control.

Refer to the main control exploded view in this procedure.

Assembly

1. CAUTION: Do not lose parts when cleaning or servic ing.

Thoroughly clean all parts in solvent and blow dry with moisture free compressed air.

Page 318: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

2. CAUTION: Do not stone, file or sand the valves. Th is will remove the anodized finish and may result in further main cont rol or transmission damage.

After cleaning the main control valve body, carry out the following:

• Inspect all valve and plug bores for scoring or burrs.

• Check all fluid passages for obstructions.

• Inspect all valves and plugs for burrs.

• Inspect all mating surfaces for burrs or distortion.

• Inspect all springs for distortion.

• Check all valves and plugs for free movement in their respective bores.

� Valves and plugs, when dry, must fall from their own weight into their respective bores.

• Roll the manual valve on a flat surface to check for a bent condition.

3. Clean and inspect the EPC solenoid screens.

4. Remove and install new shift solenoid O-rings.

5. Clean and inspect the TCC solenoid.

6. Install the four main control valve body check balls.

Page 319: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

7. Install the dark color plastic converter relief valve and spring.

8. Install the extension housing lube orifice.

9. NOTE: Apply petroleum jelly on the valve body separator plate to hold it in place

on the main control.

NOTE: Use new bonded separator plate to main control.

Install the main control valve body separator plate to the main control.

10. Install the special tools into the main control valve body.

Page 320: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

11. Tighten the screws.

12. Remove the special tools from the main control valve body.

13. Rotate the main control valve body so the valve body separator plate is facing

down.

14. CAUTION: All solenoid electrical connectors must f ace upward on installation.

NOTE: All shift solenoids are interchangeable.

NOTE: If the TCC valve came out during disassembly, use caution when installing the torque converter clutch solenoid.

Install the SSB, SSD, TCC and EPC solenoids.

1. Install the TCC solenoid.

2. Install the SSB and SSD solenoids.

3. Install the EPC solenoid.

Page 321: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

15. CAUTION: The solenoid clamp must be installed in t he TCC and EPC solenoid grooves, shift solenoid pockets and the No . 204 plug.

Install the solenoid clamp and the screw.

1. Position the solenoid clamp on the main control valve body.

2. Install the screw.

16. CAUTION: The shift solenoid electrical terminals m ust face up on installation.

NOTE: The shift solenoids are interchangeable.

Install the SSA and the SSC shift solenoids.

17. Install the solenoid clamp and the screw.

1. Position the solenoid clamp on the main control valve body.

2. Install the screw.

Page 322: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 307-01B: Automatic Transmission — 5R44E and 5R55E 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

Page 323: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY OF SUBASSEMBLIES Procedure revision date: 02/23/2004

Converter Housing and Fluid Pump

Special Tool(s)

Remover, Bushing 307-001 (TOOL-1175-AC)

Installer, Torque Converter Fluid Seal 307-349 (T97T-77000-A)

Item Part Number Description

1 7A248 Converter hub-to-converter housing seal

2 E804595-S200 Converter housing-to-case screw and seal (8 req'd)

3 7976 Converter housing

4 7B472 Fluid pump adapter plate

5 7A136 Fluid pump gasket

6 7L323 Fluid pump support seal ring

7 W701431-S300 Fluid pump shaft-to-inner gear O-ring seal

8 7A103 Fluid pump assembly

9 7M155 Bearing assembly (not serviced)

10 W701429- S309M

Fluid pump-to-converter housing screws (6 req'd)

11 7D014 No. 1 fluid pump input thrust washer (selective)

Page 324: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

12 7A248 Seal ring — fluid pump

Disassembly

1. Remove the fluid pump gasket and fluid pump seal rings.

1. Remove and discard the fluid pump gasket.

2. Remove and discard the fluid pump seal ring (square cut).

2. Remove the fluid pump support seal ring.

3. Remove the fluid pump housing.

1. Remove the six fluid pump screws.

2. Remove the fluid pump support and gear and the fluid pump adapter plate.

4. Inspect the fluid pump support needle bearings and cage for scored or missing

rollers and alignment of lube holes. If damage to the components are indicated, install a new pump.

Page 325: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

5. Inspect the coast clutch feed hole for blockage or damage. If damage to the

components is indicated, install a new pump.

1. Rotate the pump bearing and locate the coast clutch feed hole.

2. Inspect the coast clutch feed hole for blockage or damage.

6. NOTE: A rough casting on the pump surface crescent is not a flaw.

NOTE: The fluid pump gears are part of the pump assembly and are not serviced separately.

Remove the fluid pump gears and front pump adapter plate.

7. Remove the drive gear O-ring seal and discard. Inspect the fluid pump gears for

cracks and scoring. Install a new front pump support and gear assembly if damaged.

8. Inspect front pump.

Page 326: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

1. Inspect the front pump support gear pockets for scoring and wear.

2. Clean and inspect the front and rear input shaft bushings.

9. Inspect the fluid pump adapter plate for scoring and wear.

10. NOTE: The fluid pump-to-converter housing bushing is not serviced separately. If service is required, installation of a new converter housing will be needed.

Inspect the fluid pump-to-converter housing bushing and converter hub-to-converter housing seal. Install a new converter housing assembly if necessary.

11. Using the special tool, remove the converter hub-to-converter housing seal.

Assembly

1. Thoroughly clean all parts and blow dry with moisture-free compressed air.

2. NOTE: Check and make sure that the garter spring in the seal has not popped off of the converter hub-to-converter housing seal.

Install a new converter hub-to-housing seal onto the special tool.

Page 327: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

3. CAUTION: Place the converter housing on a block of wood or equivalent to protect the converter hydraulic passa ges on the backside.

NOTE: Do not finish converter housing and fluid pump reassembly at this time. Assembly is completed during transmission assembly to correctly set front end clearance.

Using the special tool, install the new converter hub-to-converter housing seal into the converter housing, until it bottoms in the housing.

SECTION 307-01B: Automatic Transmission — 5R44E and 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

Page 328: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

5R55E

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY OF SUBASSEMBLIES Procedure revision date: 01/17/2002

Front Brake and Coast Clutch Drum Assembly

Special Tool(s)

Compressor, Clutch Spring 307-015 (T65L-77515-A)

Sizer, Piston Seal 307-353

Front Brake and Coast Clutch Drum Assembly

Item Part Number Description

1 7L669 Front brake and coast clutch drum

2 7D404 Coast clutch piston inner seal ring

3 7A548 Coast clutch piston outer seal ring

4 7A258 Coast clutch piston

5 7A480 Coast clutch piston spring (20 req'd)

6 7A527 Coast clutch piston spring retainer

7 E860125-S Retaining ring

8 7B442 Coast clutch external plate — steel (2 req'd)

9 7B164 Coast clutch internal plate — friction (2 req'd)

10 7B066 Coast clutch pressure plate

11 E860126S/129S Retaining ring (select fit)

Page 329: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Disassembly

1. CAUTION: This is a select fit ring. See assembly p rocedure if installation of a new ring or clutch plate is requi red.

Remove the coast clutch pressure plate.

1. Remove the coast clutch retaining ring.

2. Remove the coast clutch pressure plate.

2. CAUTION: Coast clutch friction plates are directio nal. Note direction of grooves for installation.

Remove the coast clutch disc pack.

• Inspect for wear, install new as necessary.

3. WARNING: Use caution when releasing tool pressure on the rear clutch piston spring. Failure to follow these instr uctions may result in personal injury.

CAUTION: Do not fully compress the special tool or damage to the spring retainer can occur.

Using the special tool, remove the coast clutch piston retaining ring.

4. Relieve the direct clutch spring tension and remove the special tool.

Page 330: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

5. Remove the coast clutch piston springs.

1. Remove the coast clutch piston spring retainer.

2. Remove the (20) clutch piston springs.

6. WARNING: Air pressure must not exceed 138 kPa (20 psi). Wear safety glasses when using compressed air and make s ure drum is facing down as shown. Failure to follow these instructions may result in personal injury.

Remove the coast clutch piston.

• Apply air pressure to the hole in the drum to remove coast clutch piston while blocking other hole with finger.

7. Remove the coast clutch piston inner seal and the coast clutch piston outer

seal.

Assembly

1. CAUTION: The lip seals must be positioned as shown . Care must be taken to prevent rollover of the lip seal.

Install the new coast clutch piston inner and outer seal.

Page 331: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

2. CAUTION: Lubricate the coast clutch piston inner a nd outer seal.

Install the coast clutch piston into the special tool.

3. Inspect the coast clutch components for damage or wear. Install a new as

necessary.

• Inspect the drum band surface, bushing and thrust surfaces for scores. Minor scores may be removed with a crocus cloth. Badly scored parts must be installed as new.

• Inspect the clutch piston bore and the clutch piston and the piston inner and outer bearing surfaces for scores.

• Check the fluid passages for obstructions. All fluid passages must be clean and free of obstructions.

• Inspect the clutch plates for wear, scoring and fit on the clutch hub serrations. Install new plates that are badly scored, worn or do not fit freely in the hub serrations.

• Inspect the clutch pressure plate for scores on the clutch plate surface. Check the clutch release spring(s) for distortion.

• Verify the check ball in the front band brake and coast clutch drum is free to move and clear of debris.

4. Carefully remove the coast clutch piston from the special tool.

Page 332: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

5. CAUTION: Care must be taken to prevent damage to t he seals during installation.

Install the coast clutch piston into the front band brake and coast clutch drum.

6. Install the coast clutch piston springs.

1. Install the twenty (20) coast clutch piston springs.

2. Position the coast clutch piston spring retainer on the coast clutch piston springs.

7. CAUTION: Do not fully compress the special tool or damage to the coast clutch piston spring retainer may occur.

Using the special tool, install the coast clutch piston spring retainer ring.

8. Relieve the direct clutch spring tension and remove the special tool.

Page 333: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

9. CAUTION: Coast clutch friction plates are directio nal and must be installed with grooves clockwise (I.D. to O.D.). Th e word "TOP" should face up.

CAUTION: If new clutch plates are being used, they should be soaked in clean automatic transmission fluid before assembly.

When installing friction plates, the word "TOP" should face up. If reusing plates, grooves must be installed clockwise. Install the coast clutch disc pack.

10. Install the two steel clutch plates and two friction clutch plates in alternating

order starting with a steel clutch plate.

11. CAUTION: The retaining ring is select fit.

Install the coast clutch pressure plate.

1. Install the clutch pressure plate.

2. Install the original coast clutch retaining ring.

12. WARNING: Air pressure must not exceed 138 kPa (20 psi). Wear safety glasses when using compressed air. Make sure drum is facing down as shown. Failure to follow these instructions may result in personal injury.

NOTE: The coast clutch piston is applied with air pressure and released when the air is removed.

Page 334: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Air check the assembly.

• Apply air pressure to the hole in the drum while blocking the other hole with a finger.

13. Check the coast clutch disc pack free play.

1. Push down on the coast clutch pressure plate.

2. Check clearance between the coast clutch retaining ring and coast clutch pressure plate. Clearance should be 1.3-2.0 mm (.051-.079 in). If clearance is not within the specification, install a new coast clutch retaining ring that will correct free play adjustment.

Part Number Thickness Diameter

E860126-S 1.37 mm (0.0539 in)

130.1 mm (5.122 in)

E860127-S 1.73 mm (0.0681 in)

130.1 mm (5.122 in)

E860128-S 2.08 mm (0.0819 in)

130.1 mm (5.122 in)

E860129-S 2.44 mm (0.0961 in)

130.1 mm (5.122 in)

3.

Page 335: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 307-01B: Automatic Transmission — 5R44E and 5R55E 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY OF SUBASSEMBLIES Procedure revision date: 04/01/2004

Intermediate Brake and Direct Clutch Drum Assembly

Special Tool(s)

Compressor, Clutch Spring 307-015 (T65L-77515-A)

Sizer, Piston Seal 307-336 (T95L-70010-E)

Material

Item Specification

MERCON® V Automatic Transmission Fluid XT-5-QM

MERCON® V

Intermediate Brake and Direct Clutch Drum Assembly

Page 336: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Item Part Number Description

1 E860126S/129S Retaining ring (select fit)

2 7B066 Direct clutch pressure plate

3 7B164 Direct clutch internal plate — friction

4 7B442 Direct clutch internal plate — steel

5 E860125-S Direct clutch retaining ring

6 7A527 Direct clutch piston spring retainer

7 7A480 Direct clutch piston springs (20 req'd)

8 7A258 Direct clutch piston

9 7A548 Direct clutch piston outer seal ring

10 7D404 Direct clutch piston inner seal ring

11 7D044 Intermediate brake and direct clutch drum assembly

Disassembly

1. CAUTION: The retaining ring is a select fit. See a ssembly procedure if installation of new ring or clutch pack is required .

Remove the direct clutch retaining ring and the direct clutch pressure plate.

1. Remove the direct clutch retaining ring.

2. Remove the direct clutch pressure plate.

2. CAUTION: Clutch plates are directional. Note the d irection of the grooves for installation.

Remove the direct clutch disc pack.

Page 337: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

• Inspect and install new steel and friction plates if worn, damaged or overheated.

• Measure and record the thickness of the steel plates for assembly.

3. WARNING: After removing the retaining ring, use ca re when releasing the pressure on the springs. Failure to f ollow these instructions may result in personal injury.

CAUTION: Do not fully compress the special tool or damage to the spring retainer may occur.

Using the special tool, remove the direct clutch piston retaining ring.

4. Relieve the direct clutch spring tension and remove the special tool.

5. Remove the direct clutch piston spring retainer and the 20 direct clutch piston springs.

1. Lift the direct clutch piston spring retainer off the direct clutch piston springs.

2. Remove the direct clutch piston springs.

Page 338: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

6. WARNING: Do not exceed 138 kPa (20 psi). Wear safe ty glasses when using compressed air. Make sure drum is facing down as shown. Failure to follow these instructions may result in personal injury.

Using compressed air, remove the direct clutch piston from the intermediate brake and direct clutch drum.

• Apply air pressure to the hole in the drum while blocking the other with a finger.

7. Remove the direct clutch piston inner and outer seal.

1. Remove the direct clutch piston inner seal.

2. Remove the direct clutch piston outer seal.

Assembly

1. CAUTION: The lip seals must be positioned as shown . Care must be taken to prevent rollover of the lip seal.

NOTE: Use new seals to help prevent seal failures.

Install the new direct clutch piston inner seal and the direct clutch piston outer seal.

Page 339: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

2. CAUTION: Lubricate the direct clutch piston inner and outer seals with clean automatic transmission fluid.

Install the direct clutch piston into the special tool.

3. Inspect the intermediate brake and direct clutch drum and components for the

following:

• Intermediate brake and direct clutch band surface for scoring.

• Clutch piston bore and the piston inner and outer bearing surfaces for scoring.

• The fluid passages for obstructions. All fluid passages must be clean and free of debris.

• Inspect the clutch plates for wear, scoring and fit on the clutch hub serrations. Install new plates that are badly scored, worn or do not fit freely in the hub serrations.

• Inspect the direct clutch pressure plate for scores on the clutch plate bearing surface. Check the clutch release springs for distortion.

• Verify that the intermediate brake and direct clutch drum check ball is clean and free of foreign material.

4. Carefully remove the direct clutch piston from the special tool.

Page 340: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

5. CAUTION: Care must be taken to prevent damage to t he seals during installation.

Install the direct clutch piston.

1. Position the direct clutch piston in the intermediate brake and direct clutch drum.

2. Push down evenly around the piston circumference.

6. Install the direct clutch piston spring retainer and the 20 direct clutch piston

springs.

1. Install the direct clutch piston springs.

2. Place the direct clutch piston spring retainer on the direct clutch piston springs.

7. WARNING: After removing the retaining ring, use ca re when releasing the pressure on the springs. Failure to f ollow these instructions may result in personal injury.

CAUTION: Do not fully compress the special tool or damage to the spring retainer may occur.

Using the special tool, install the direct clutch piston retaining ring.

Page 341: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

8. Relieve the direct clutch spring tension and remove the special tool.

9. CAUTION: The direct clutch friction plates are dir ectional and must be installed with grooves pointing clockwise (I.D. to O.D.) and the word "TOP" facing up.

CAUTION: If new plates are used, they should be so aked in clean automatic transmission fluid before assembly.

When installing new friction plates, the word "TOP" should face up. If reusing plates, grooves must be installed clockwise. Install the direct clutch disc pack.

10. NOTE: If new steel plates are being installed, make sure to use the correct steel

plates. Use 2.14 mm (0.08 in) steel plates.

Install the steel clutch plates and friction clutch plates in alternating order starting with a steel clutch plate.

Page 342: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

11. CAUTION: The retaining ring is a select fit.

Install the direct clutch pressure plate.

1. Install the direct clutch pressure plate.

2. Install the original direct clutch retaining ring on the direct clutch disc pack.

12. WARNING: Air pressure must not exceed 138 kPa (20 psi). Wear safety glasses when using compressed air. Make sure the drum is facing down as shown. Failure to follow these instructions may result in personal injury.

NOTE: The direct clutch piston must apply with air pressure and release when the air is removed.

Check the operation using compressed air.

• Apply air pressure to the hole in the drum while blocking the other hole with a finger.

Page 343: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

13. Push down on direct clutch disc pack and check gap between the direct clutch

retaining ring and the direct clutch pressure plate with a feeler gauge.

• If specifications do not match, use a select fit direct clutch retaining ring to match specifications and verify with a feeler gauge.

Direct Clutch

Part Number

Thickness Diameter

mm In mm In

E860126-S 1.37 0.0539 130.1 5.122

E860127-S 1.73 0.0681 130.1 5.122

E860128-S 2.08 0.0819 130.1 5.122

E860129-S 2.44 0.0961 130.1 5.122

Page 344: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 307-01B: Automatic Transmission — 5R44E and 5R55E

2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY OF SUBASSEMBLIES Procedure revision date: 01/17/2002

Forward Clutch

Special Tool(s)

Compressor, Clutch Spring 307-015 (T65L-77515-A)

Protector, Piston Seal 307-051 (T74P-77548-A)

Protector, Piston Seal 307-052 (T74P-77548-B)

Material

Item Specification

MERCON® V Automatic Transmission Fluid XT-5-QM

MERCON® V

Forward Clutch Assembly

Item Part Number Description

1 7M153 Forward clutch cylinder thrust bearing (No. 5)

Page 345: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

2 7M154 Forward clutch cylinder needle bearing (not serviced)

3 7A360 Forward clutch cylinder assembly

4 7A548 Forward clutch piston inner seal ring

5 7A548 Forward clutch piston outer seal ring

6 7A262 Forward clutch piston

7 7A480 Forward clutch piston spring (15 req'd)

8 7A527 Forward clutch piston spring retainer

9 E860109-S Forward clutch retaining ring

10 7B070 Forward clutch cushion spring

11 7B442 Forward clutch external plate — steel

12 7B164 Forward clutch internal plate — friction

13 7B066 Forward clutch pressure plate

14 E860115S/118S Forward clutch retaining ring (select fit)

Disassembly

1. CAUTION: The retaining ring is a select fit. See a ssembly procedure if installation of a new ring or clutch plate pack is required.

Remove the forward clutch pressure plate.

1. Remove the forward clutch retaining ring.

2. Remove the forward clutch pressure plate.

2. CAUTION: Clutch discs are directional. Note direct ion of grooves for installation.

Remove the forward clutch disc pack.

• Inspect the forward clutch plates for wear, damage or overheating.

Page 346: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

3. WARNING: Use caution when releasing tool pressure on the clutch piston springs. Failure to follow these instruction s may result in personal injury.

CAUTION: Do not fully depress the special tool or damage to the spring retainer may occur.

Using the special tool, remove the forward clutch piston retaining ring.

4. Relieve the forward clutch spring tension and remove the special tool.

5. Remove the forward clutch piston spring retainer and 15 forward clutch piston springs.

1. Remove the forward clutch piston spring retainer.

2. Remove the 15 forward clutch piston springs.

• Inspect the forward clutch piston springs for distortion.

Page 347: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

6. WARNING: Air pressure must not exceed 138 kPa (20 psi). Wear safety glasses when using compressed air. Make sure the cylinder is facing down as shown. Failure to follow these instr uctions may result in personal injury.

Remove the forward clutch piston.

1. Place the forward clutch cylinder with forward clutch piston facing down.

2. Install the center support on the forward clutch cylinder.

3. Apply air pressure to the left port of the center support.

7. Remove and discard the forward clutch piston seals.

1. Remove the forward clutch piston outer seal and inspect the forward clutch piston for cracks.

2. Remove forward clutch cushion spring.

3. Remove the forward clutch piston inner seal.

8. Inspect the forward clutch drum components.

• Inspect clutch plate serration for scores or burrs.

• Inspect fluid passages for obstructions. Clean out all passages.

Page 348: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

• Inspect the friction clutch plates, steel clutch plates and clutch pressure plate for worn or scored bearing surface. Install new parts that are deeply scored.

• Check clutch plates for flatness and fit on the clutch hub serrations. Discard any plate that does not slide freely on the serrations or that is not flat.

• Check clutch hub thrust surfaces for scores and clutch hub splines for wear.

• Inspect for damage or wear to the clutch disc grooves and retaining ring grooves.

9. Inspect the remaining forward clutch drum components for damage or wear, install new components as necessary.

1. Inspect the forward clutch cylinder surfaces for scores or burrs. Install a new forward clutch cylinder if it is badly scored or damaged.

2. Inspect forward clutch piston for scores or burrs.

3. Make sure the check ball is free and clear of foreign material, has freedom of movement and is correctly seated.

10. Inspect the needle bearing for damage. If the bearing is damaged, install a new

drum assembly.

Assembly

1. Thoroughly clean all parts in solvent and blow dry with moisture-free compressed air.

2. Install new forward clutch piston seals.

1. Install the forward clutch piston outer seal.

2. Install forward clutch cushion spring.

3. Install the forward clutch piston inner seal.

Page 349: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

3. NOTE: Lubricate the forward clutch piston inner and outer seal with clean

automatic transmission fluid.

Install lip seal protector tools on the forward clutch piston.

1. Install the special tool to the forward clutch piston outer seal.

2. Install the special tool to the forward clutch piston inner seal.

4. CAUTION: Care must be taken to prevent damage to t he seals.

As you install the forward clutch piston into the forward clutch cylinder, remove the special tools.

5. Install the 15 forward clutch piston springs and the forward clutch piston spring retainer.

1. Install the 15 forward clutch piston springs.

2. Install the forward clutch piston spring retainer.

6. CAUTION: Do not fully depress the special tool or damage to the spring retainer can occur.

Using the special tool, install the forward clutch piston spring retaining ring.

Page 350: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

7. CAUTION: The forward clutch friction plates are di rectional and must be installed with grooves pointing counterclockwise (I.D. to O.D.) and the word "TOP" facing up.

CAUTION: If new plates are used, they should be so aked in clean automatic transmission fluid before assembly.

When installing friction plates, the word "TOP" should face up. If reusing plates, grooves must be installed counterclockwise. Install the direct clutch disc pack.

8. Install the steel clutch plates and friction clutch plates (quantity model

dependent) in alternating order starting with a steel clutch plate.

9. CAUTION: The retaining ring is a select fit.

Page 351: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Install the forward clutch pressure plate and the original selective retaining ring.

1. Install the forward clutch pressure plate.

2. Install the forward clutch retaining ring.

10. WARNING: Air pressure must not exceed 138 kPa (20 psi). Wear safety glasses when using compressed air. Make sure the drum is facing down as shown. Failure to follow these instructions may result in personal injury.

Air check the forward clutch piston.

1. Place the forward clutch cylinder with forward clutch piston facing down.

2. Install the transmission center support on the forward clutch cylinder.

3. Apply air pressure to the left port of the center support.

11. Check forward clutch disc pack free play.

1. Press down on forward clutch disc pack.

2. Using a feeler gauge, check the gap between the forward clutch retaining ring and the forward clutch pressure plate.

• If the clearance is not within specifications, install the correct size retaining ring.

Part Number Thickness Diameter

E860126-S 1.37 mm (0.0539 in)

125.1 mm (4.925 in)

E860127-S 1.73 mm (0.0681 in)

125.1 mm (4.925 in)

E860117-S 2.08 mm (0.0819 in)

125.1 mm (4.925 in)

E860118-S 2.44 mm (0.0961 in)

125.1 mm (4.925 in)

Page 352: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 307-01B: Automatic Transmission — 5R44E and 5R55E 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY OF SUBASSEMBLIES Procedure revision date: 01/17/2002

Forward Geartrain

Page 353: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Forward Geartrain Assembly

Item Part

Number Description

1 — Intermediate brake and direct clutch drum assembly

2 7M153 No. 5 forward clutch cylinder thrust bearing

3 — Forward clutch cylinder assembly

4 7D234 No. 6A forward ring gear hub thrust bearing

5 7D090 No. 6B forward clutch thrust washer

6 7D392 Forward ring gear

7 7F374 No. 7 forward planetary thrust bearing

8 7A398 Forward planetary

9 7D064 Input shell

10 7D063 Forward sun gear

Assembly

1. Install the forward clutch cylinder thrust bearing (No. 5) on the forward clutch cylinder assembly.

• Use petroleum jelly to hold the forward clutch cylinder thrust bearing (No. 5) in place.

2. Install the forward clutch cylinder assembly into the intermediate brake and

direct clutch drum assembly.

Page 354: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

3. Install the forward ring gear hub thrust bearing (No. 6A) with the tabs facing up.

4. Install the forward clutch thrust washer (No. 6B) into the forward ring gear hub.

• Use petroleum jelly to hold the forward clutch thrust washer (No. 6B) in place.

5. NOTE: Make sure the forward ring gear hub thrust bearing (No. 6A) and forward

clutch thrust washer (No. 6B) are inside the forward ring gear.

Install the forward ring gear into the forward clutch cylinder.

6. CAUTION: Black oxidized color of thrust bearing mu st face up towards the planetary assembly.

Install the forward planetary thrust bearing (No. 7) into the forward ring gear.

Page 355: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

7. NOTE: The forward planetary assembly is serviced with a six-pinion assembly

in all applications.

Install the forward planetary assembly into the forward ring gear.

8. NOTE: There is not a bushing inside the forward sun gear or washer on the

back of the input shell.

NOTE: If the sun gear or input shell is damaged, carry out the following steps. If not, install the input shell and forward sun gear assembly into planetary gearset.

NOTE: Make sure the forward sun gear aligns with the forward planetary assembly. Ensure the input shell aligns with the intermediate brake and direct clutch.

Inspect sun gear and input shell for damage or wear. If sun gear or input shell are damaged, install new as necessary. Install the input shell and forward sun gear assembly into planetary gearset.

9. Remove the rear retaining ring, sun gear and the retaining ring from the sun

gear.

1. Remove the rear retaining ring.

2. Remove the sun gear.

Page 356: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

10. Remove the front retaining ring from the sun gear.

11. Install a new retaining ring onto the sun gear.

12. Install the sun gear into the input shell.

13. Install a new rear retaining ring.

Page 357: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 307-01B: Automatic Transmission — 5R44E and 5R55E 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY OF SUBASSEMBLIES Procedure revision date: 01/17/2002

Front Planetary and One-Way Clutch Assembly

Special Tool(s)

Page 358: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Sleeve, One-Way Clutch 307-391

Installer, One-Way Clutch 307-392

Item Part

Number Description

1 7660 Coast clutch adapter

2 7D063 Front sun gear

3 7B446 Front planetary gear carrier assembly

4 7L495 No. 2 front planetary thrust bearing

5 7653 Front ring gear

6 7C109 Front one-way clutch bearing

7 7A658 Center shaft and front one-way clutch assembly

8 E860119-S Retaining ring

Disassembly

1. Inspect the one-way clutch.

• Temporarily insert the front planetary gear carrier assembly into the center shaft and one-way clutch assembly for verification of the one-way clutch.

• The planetary gear must rotate counterclockwise and hold when rotated clockwise.

• Remove the planetary gear carrier assembly.

Page 359: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

2. Remove the overdrive center shaft from the front ring gear.

1. Remove the front center shaft retaining ring.

2. Remove the center shaft from the ring gear.

3. NOTE: If the inner race of the overdrive planetary gear is damaged, installation

of a new front one-way clutch will be required. If the center shaft is damaged, installation of a new complete front one-way clutch will be required.

Clean and inspect the front one-way clutch and center shaft.

• Inspect the roller cage for cracks.

• Inspect the roller clutch for wear.

• Inspect the press fit of the one-way clutch to the center shaft.

• Inspect the spring and roller cage for bent or damaged spring retainers.

4. CAUTION: Do not score the center shaft bore.

NOTE: This step only needs to be carried out if there is damage to the bearing.

Insert a screwdriver through the holes, remove the front one-way clutch from the center shaft.

Page 360: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

5. NOTE: This step only needs to be carried out if there is damage to the bearing.

Inspect the center shaft bore for damage. If the outer race of the center shaft bore is damaged, a new front one-way clutch and center shaft must be installed.

Assembly

1. NOTE: This step only needs to be carried out if the bearing was removed.

Install the front one-way clutch into the special tool with the brass end cap facing up.

2. NOTE: This step only needs to be carried out if the bearing was removed.

Inspect that the front one-way clutch is flush with the special tool.

3. NOTE: This step only needs to be carried out if the bearing was removed.

Assemble the special tools with the front one-way clutch onto the center shaft.

Page 361: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

4. NOTE: This step only needs to be carried out if the bearing was removed.

Push down on the center shaft to seat the front one-way clutch into the center shaft.

5. NOTE: This step only needs to be carried out if the bearing was removed.

Inspect the front one-way clutch for correct installation and function. The front one-way clutch tabs should be flush with the center shaft.

6. Install the center shaft and one-way clutch onto the overdrive ring gear.

1. Install the center shaft and one-way clutch.

2. Install the center shaft retaining ring.

SECTION 307-01B: Automatic Transmission — 5R44E and 5R55E 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY OF SUBASSEMBLIES Procedure revision date: 02/23/2004

Page 362: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Front Planetary Gears

Disassembly

1. CAUTION: New planetary gears must installed. Do no t restake them.

NOTE: Individual parts of the planetary carriers are not serviceable.

Before installing a planetary assembly, the shaft retaining pins should be checked for adequate staking. Use a new planetary assembly if either of the following conditions exist. Check the pins and shafts in the planetary assemblies for loose fit and/or complete disengagement.

2. Inspect the pinion gears for damaged or excessively worn teeth and for free

rotation.

3. Inspect the front one-way clutch inner race for scoring. If the front one-way

clutch inner race is scored or damaged, installation of new front planetary gear, center shaft and one-way will be needed.

4. Inspect the inner and outer races for scored or damaged surface areas where

the rollers contact the races.

5. Remove and inspect the No. 2 front planetary thrust bearing on the nose of the front planetary gear carrier assembly.

Page 363: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

6. NOTE: Note the location of the part number stamped on the coast clutch

adapter for assembly.

NOTE: Inspect the sun gear for damaged or worn teeth.

Remove the front sun gear.

1. Remove the coast clutch to front carrier adapter.

2. Remove the front sun gear.

7. Inspect the No. 12 bearing for damage.

Assembly

1. NOTE: Thoroughly clean all parts and blow dry with moisture free compressed air.

NOTE: Use petroleum jelly to hold the front planetary thrust bearing (No. 2) in place.

Install the No. 2 front planetary thrust bearing.

Page 364: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

2. Install the front planetary gear carrier into the center shaft and front ring gear.

3. CAUTION: Make sure that the No. 12 bearing is in p lace in the front planetary prior to installing the front sun gear.

Install the front sun gear with the recessed gear teeth facing toward the adapter.

4. CAUTION: The part number that is stamped on the co ast clutch adapter must face toward the front sun gear or the coast clutch assembly will not fit into the transmission.

CAUTION: Use care not to bend or damage the excite r wheel.

Install the front sun gear.

1. Install the front sun gear.

2. Install the coast clutch to front carrier adapter.

Page 365: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001
Page 366: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 307-01B: Automatic Transmission — 5R44E and 5R55E

2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY OF SUBASSEMBLIES Procedure revision date: 01/17/2002

Center Support

Item Part Number Description

1 7M155 Bearing

2 — Seal rings (Part of 7M155)

3 7A130 Center support

Check

NOTE: Thoroughly clean center support assembly and blow dry with compressed air.

NOTE: The center support is serviced as an assembly. Any damage to the center support will require the installation of a new center support.

1. Inspect the center support assembly for wear or damage.

1. Inspect the thrust surfaces for wear, scoring or damage.

2. Inspect the center support sealing surface.

3. Inspect the fluid passage for blockage or damage.

2. Inspect the seal rings for damage.

Page 367: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

3. Inspect the bearing for missing rollers or damage.

4. Inspect the direct clutch feed hole for blockage or damage.

1. Rotate the center support bearing to locate the direct clutch feed hole.

2. Inspect the direct clutch feed hole for blockage or damage.

SECTION 307-01B: Automatic Transmission — 5R44E and 5R55E 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY OF SUBASSEMBLIES Procedure revision date: 01/17/2002

Reverse Brake Drum

Special Tool(s)

Page 368: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Sleeve, Reverse Drum/One-Way Clutch 307-395

Installer, Reverse Drum/One-Way Clutch 307-396

Disassembly

1. NOTE: The installation of new low reverse one-way clutch and rollers can now be completed. The following procedure only needs to be carried out if there is damage to the low reverse one-way clutch and roller bearing.

Inspect the reverse brake drum for damage.

1. Inspect the low reverse one-way clutch.

2. Inspect the roller bearing.

3. Inspect the reverse brake drum.

2. With the reverse clutch drum supported, use a flat drift punch to tap the one-way

clutch and the roller bearing out of the drum.

3. Inspect the low reverse one-way clutch inner race and roller bearing inner race

for scoring and nicks. If damage is indicated, the reverse clutch drum will need to be installed new as an assembly.

Page 369: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Assembly

1. Install the roller bearing with the lip facing up toward the low reverse one-way clutch.

2. Install the special tool.

3. Install the low reverse one-way clutch with the tabs facing down toward the

roller bearing.

4. Using the special tools, install the one-way clutch by pressing down on the tool

to seat the bearing.

Page 370: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

5. Inspect the reverse clutch drum to see if the low reverse one-way clutch is

seated correctly.

SECTION 307-01B: Automatic Transmission — 5R44E and 5R55E 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY OF SUBASSEMBLIES Procedure revision date: 01/17/2002

Output Shaft Ring Gear and Hub Shaft Assembly

Disassembly

Page 371: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Item Part Number Description

1 7A153 Shaft ring gear

2 7D164 Output shaft hub

3 E860122-S Retaining ring

4 7M150 Needle bearing race assembly (no. 10A)

5 7M150 Needle bearing (no. 10B)

1. Inspect the output shaft ring gear, output shaft hub, needle bearing (10B) and needle bearing race (10A) assembly for damage. If service is required use the following procedure.

2. Remove the No. 10B needle bearing.

3. Remove the No. 10A needle bearing race assembly.

4. Remove the output shaft hub from the output shaft ring gear.

1. Remove the retaining ring.

2. Remove the output shaft hub.

Page 372: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Assembly

1. Install the output shaft hub onto the output shaft ring gear.

1. Install the output shaft hub.

2. Install the retaining ring.

2. Install the No. 10A needle bearing race assembly.

• Snap the needle bearing race assembly onto the output shaft hub.

3. NOTE: Use petroleum jelly to hold the needle bearing to the output shaft ring

gear and output shaft hub.

Install the No. 10B needle bearing onto output shaft ring gear and output shaft hub.

Page 373: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 307-01B: Automatic Transmission — 5R44E and 5R55E 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual

ASSEMBLY Procedure revision date: 06/26/2000

Transmission

Special Tool(s)

Page 374: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Holding Fixture, Transmission 307-262 (T93T-77002-AH)

Adjustment Set, Transmission Band 307-S022 (T71P-77370-A)

Holding Fixture, Transmission 307-003 (T57L-500-B)

Aligner, Torque Converter 307-331 (T95L-7902-A)

Depth Micrometer 303-D026 (D80P-4201-A) or equivalent

Alignment Gauge, TR Sensor 307-351 (T97L-70010-A)

Installer, Transmission Extension Housing Bushing 307-065 (T77L-7697-F)

Installer, Transmission Extension Housing Fluid Seal 307-038 (T74P-77052-A)

Alignment Set, Fluid Pump 307-S039 (T74P-77103-X)

Page 375: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Alignment Gauge, Transmission Fluid Pump 307-431

Alignment Gauge, Transmission Fluid Pump 307-432

Sizer, Piston Seal 307-338 (T95L-70010-G)

Shim Selection Gauge 307-263 (T93T-77003-AH)

Compressor, Servo Cover 307-340 (T95L-77028-A)

Installer, Shift Shaft Fluid Seal 307-050 (T74P-77498-A)

Handle, Torque Converter 307-091 (T81P-7902-C)

Gauge, TSS 307-337 (T95L-70010-F)

Aligner, Valve Body 307-333 (T95L-70010-B)

Page 376: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Aligner, Valve Body 307-334 (T95L-70010-C)

Retainer, Torque Converter 307-346 (T97T-7902-A)

Transmission Fluid Pump Seal Aligner 307-451/1

Transmission Fluid Pump Seal Sizer 307-451/2

Transmission Fluid Pump Seal Installer 307-451/3

Material

Item Specification

Multi-Purpose Grease D0AZ-19584-AA

ESB-M1C93-B

MERCON® V Automatic Transmission Fluid XT-5-QM

MERCON® V

All vehicles

1. Thoroughly clean the transmission case and extension housing in solvent and blow dry with compressed air.

2. Inspect the transmission case for the following:

1. Stripped bolt hole threads.

2. Gasket and mating surfaces for burrs or nicks.

3. Obstructions to vent and fluid passages.

• Cracks or warpage.

Page 377: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

3. Inspect the extension housing for cracks, burrs or warpage.

4. Inspect the case bearing for damage. If damage to the case bearing is indicated,

install a new case.

5. Install the special tool on the rear of the transmission case.

6. Attach the fixture arm of the special tool as shown.

Page 378: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

7. WARNING: Make sure the lock pin on the special too l is secure. Failure to follow these instructions may result in personal injury.

Install transmission into the special tool.

• Rotate the transmission so that the fluid pan rail is facing up.

8. Using the special tool, install the manual control lever shaft seal.

• Lubricate the manual control lever shaft seal with petroleum jelly.

9. Assemble the manual valve inner lever and parking lever actuating rod as shown.

10. Install the manual control lever shaft.

Page 379: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

11. CAUTION: Use care not to damage the fluid pan rail surface when installing the retaining pin.

NOTE: Align the manual control lever shaft alignment groove with the manual control lever shaft spring pin bore in the transmission case.

Install the manual control lever shaft spring pin.

• Tap the manual control lever shaft spring pin into the transmission case.

12. CAUTION: Align the flats on the manual valve inner lever with the flats on the manual control lever shaft.

Install the manual valve inner lever and parking lever actuating rod on to the manual control lever shaft.

13. CAUTION: To avoid damage, do not allow the wrench to strike the manual valve inner lever pin.

Install the manual valve inner lever nut on the manual control lever shaft and tighten.

Page 380: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

14. CAUTION: The tabs on the No. 11 output shaft thrus t washer point into the case. Make sure the thrust washer is correctly seated.

Install the No. 11 output shaft thrust washer.

• Coat the output shaft thrust washer with petroleum jelly.

15. Install the park gear.

16. Install the low/reverse brake drum.

• Rotate the low/reverse brake drum clockwise to install.

17. If not already installed during subassembly, install the No. 10B needle bearing onto

the output shaft ring gear and hub assembly.

• Coat the needle bearing with petroleum jelly.

Page 381: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

18. Install the output shaft through the output shaft park gear.

19. Install the output shaft ring gear and output shaft hub.

20. CAUTION: Always install a new output shaft retaini ng ring.

Install a new output shaft retaining ring.

21. NOTE: Install the output shaft sleeve with the cone facing up.

Install the output shaft sleeve.

Page 382: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

22. Install low/reverse planetary carrier needle bearings.

1. Install the No. 8 low/reverse planetary carrier needle bearing on the front face of the low/reverse planetary.

2. Install the No. 9 low/reverse planetary carrier needle bearing on the rear face of the low/reverse planetary.

• Coat the No. 8 low/reverse planetary carrier needle bearing and No. 9 low/reverse planetary carrier needle bearing with petroleum jelly.

23. CAUTION: Make sure needle bearings stay in place.

Install the low/reverse planetary assembly with No. 8 and No. 9 low/reverse planetary carrier needle bearings into the output shaft ring gear.

24. CAUTION: The low/reverse brake drum must be pulled forward to install the low/reverse planet retaining ring.

Install the low/reverse retaining ring into the low/reverse brake drum groove.

Page 383: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

25. CAUTION: Make sure band is resting on the two anch or pins in the case.

Install the low/reverse band over the low/reverse brake drum.

26. Temporarily install the low/reverse band servo piston and rod to hold the

low/reverse band in position.

27. Install the previously assembled forward geartrain assembly.

28. WARNING: Make sure the lock pin on the special too l is secure. Failure to follow these instructions may result in personal injury.

Rotate the transmission assembly so that the converter housing surface is facing up.

29. Select the No. 4 intermediate brake drum thrust bearing as follows:

Page 384: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

1. Install the special tool on the case assembly shoulder.

2. Set the special tool on top as shown.

30. Calculate the thrust bearing thickness.

• Extend the micrometer probe until it contacts the intermediate brake drum thrust bearing surface. Record the reading. This is dimension A.

31. Place the micrometer on the opposite side of the special tool and repeat the

measurement. This is dimension B.

32. Add dimension A and B, divide the total of A and B by 2. Then subtract the special

tool thickness 17.78 mm (0.700 in). Record this reading as dimension C.

33. Place the special tool across the center support. Place the micrometer on the top of the special tool.

• Extend the micrometer probe until it makes contact with the center support thrust bearing surface. Record this reading as dimension D.

Page 385: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

34. Place the special tool on the opposite side of the special tool.

• Extend the micrometer probe until it makes contact with the center support thrust bearing surface. Record this reading as dimension F.

35. Add dimensions D and F, divide the total of D and F by 2. Subtract the special tool

thickness 17.78 mm (0.700 in) dimension E. The result is dimension G.

36. Add dimensions C and G. This total is dimension H. Use the following chart to

select the correct No. 4 thrust bearing. Reference end play is 0.20-0.54 mm (0.008-0.021 in).

Dimension H Service Part

Number Bearing Thickness Identification

(Notches)

3.01-3.15 mm (0.119-0.124 in)

XW4Z-7D014-CA

2.65-2.80 mm (0.104-0.110 in)

None

3.17-3.34 mm (0.125-0.132 in)

XW4Z-7D014-DA

2.80-2.95 mm (0.110-0.116 in)

1

3.36-3.54 mm (0.133-0.140 in)

XW4Z-7D014-EA

3.00-3.15 mm (0.118-0.124 in)

2

3.57-3.71 mm (0.141-0.147 in)

XW4Z-7D014-FA

3.20-3.35 mm (0.126-0.132 in)

3

37.

37. Install the intermediate servo actuating lever.

Page 386: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

38. NOTE: The intermediate band lever shaft is shorter than the front band lever shaft.

Install the intermediate band actuating lever shaft through the intermediate servo actuating lever.

39. Install the intermediate band apply strut on the intermediate servo actuating lever.

40. NOTE: Make sure that the intermediate apply strut is aligned with the band notch.

Install the intermediate band.

41. NOTE: Use the intermediate band adjusting screw as a temporary alignment

guide.

NOTE: The intermediate and front band anchor struts and band adjustment screws are the same.

Install the intermediate band anchor strut and the intermediate band adjustment screw.

Page 387: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

42. Install the No. 4 selected intermediate brake drum thrust washer on the center

support.

• Coat the intermediate brake drum thrust washer with petroleum jelly.

43. CAUTION: Do not apply pressure to the center suppo rt while installing. Damage to sealing rings can result.

NOTE: Align the center support screw hole with correct case hole.

Install the center support.

1. Position the center support into the intermediate brake and direct clutch drum.

2. Temporarily insert the input shaft and gently wiggle it until the center support is seated against the case shoulder, then remove the input shaft.

44. CAUTION: Install the center support retaining ring with the tapered side facing up.

CAUTION: Make sure the notch opening is not obstru cted by the center support retaining ring.

Install the center support retaining ring.

1. Position the center support retaining ring with the tapered side facing up.

2. Install the center support retaining ring so that the notch opening is not obstructed.

Page 388: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

45. Install the center support locknut and cage.

46. Loosely install the center support-to-case cap screw.

47. CAUTION: Carefully route the TSS sensor connector and wiring harness through the opening in the case. Do not dam age the wiring.

NOTE: Route TSS sensor electrical connector and wiring through transmission case opening.

Install the TSS sensor.

1. Install the TSS sensor.

2. Install TSS sensor screw.

Page 389: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

48. CAUTION: Use only the No. 3 center shaft thrust be aring.

NOTE: The No. 3 center shaft thrust bearing has no notches on the outer race.

Install the No. 3 center shaft thrust bearing.

49. CAUTION: Do not bend the trigger wheel.

Install the overdrive planetary and one-way clutch assembly.

50. CAUTION: The trigger wheel triggering window shoul d pass over the thin blade of the special tool. If it does not, a n ew overdrive planetary carrier and trigger wheel must be installed.

Using the special tool, check the TSS sensor air gap.

1. Place the thin blade of the special tool over the TSS sensor.

2. Rotate the trigger wheel and repeat checks for all windows.

Page 390: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

51. CAUTION: The trigger wheel triggering window shoul d not pass over the thick blade of the special tool. If it does, a new overdrive planetary carrier and trigger wheel must be installed.

Using the special tool, check the TSS sensor air gap.

1. Place the thick blade of the special tool over the TSS sensor.

2. Rotate the trigger wheel and repeat checks for all windows.

52. NOTE: Align the clutch plates and front adapter gear.

Install the front brake drum and coast clutch drum assembly.

53. Install the front servo band lever and front band lever-to-case bracket into the

transmission case.

54. NOTE: The front band lever shaft is longer than the intermediate band actuating

lever shaft.

Page 391: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Install the front band actuating lever shaft through the front servo band lever.

55. Install the front band apply strut.

56. NOTE: If the front band is reused, it must be installed in its original position.

Install the front band over the front brake and coast clutch drum.

57. NOTE: Use the band adjustment screw as a temporary alignment guide.

Install the front band anchor strut.

58. Install the front band adjusting screw.

Page 392: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

59. CAUTION: Make sure that the pump body is seated ag ainst the thrust washer and the front brake and coast clutch drum. T he pump body must be below the level of the case gasket surface.

CAUTION: The tabs on the washer go into the pump f ace.

Carry out the front end play check procedure as follows:

• Coat the No. fluid pump inlet thrust washer with petroleum jelly.

• Install the No. 1 fluid pump inlet thrust washer on the rear of the fluid pump and place the pump into position in the case.

60. CAUTION: The special tool must rest on the gasket surface.

Measure the front end play clearance.

1. Place the special tool across the case.

2. Insert the special tool and extend the micrometer probe until it contacts the fluid pump face.

• Read the measurement and subtract the special tool thickness 17.78 mm (0.70 in). This is dimension A.

• Repeat the measurement at the opposite side of the transmission case. This is dimension B.

• Add dimensions A and B together and divide by 2. This is front end clearance dimension C.

Page 393: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

61. CAUTION: If the average front end clearance is bel ow the specification, choose a thinner washer. If the average is above th e specification, choose a thicker washer.

NOTE: The front end play specification is 0.18-0.70 mm (0.007-0.028 in).

Use dimension C and the chart below to select the correct thickness fluid pump inlet thrust washer (No. 1).

Front End Play Selective Thrust Washer No. 1

Front End Play C 0.18 - 0.70 mm (0.007 - 0.028 in) Without Gasket

Selective Pump Support Thrust Washer

Part Number Thickness Color

F7TZ-7D014-VA 1.35 - 1.40 mm (0.035 - 0.055 in) Blue

F7TZ-7D014-TA 1.55 - 1.60 mm (0.061 - 0.063 in) White

F7TZ-7D014-MA 1.75 - 1.80 mm (0.069 - 0.071 in) Green

F7TZ-7D014-NA 1.85 - 1.90 mm (0.073 - 0.075 in) Red

F7TZ-7D014-PA 1.95 - 2.00 mm (0.077 - 0.079 in) Beige

F7TZ-7D014-RA 2.05 - 2.10 mm (0.081 - 0.083 in) Black

F7TZ-7D014-SA 2.15 - 2.20 mm (0.085 - 0.087 in) Yellow

62. CAUTION: Make sure that the pump body is seated ag ainst the thrust washer and the front brake and coast clutch drum. T he pump body must be below the level of the case gasket surface.

CAUTION: The tabs on the washer go into the pump f ace.

Remove the pump and install the No. 1 thrust washer onto the pump. After installing selected front pump thrust washer No. 1, repeat the front end play check. Make sure the end play is correct, then remove the pump for assembly.

63. Install a new O-ring seal in the fluid pump drive gear.

Page 394: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

64. CAUTION: Lubricate the special tool with multi-pur pose grease.

Install the fluid pump drive gear on the special tool to seat the O-ring seal. Remove the tool.

65. CAUTION: The chamber on the inside edge of the sma ll gear must be up when in the pump housing gear pocket. The dimple on the larger gear must be down when in the pump housing gear pocket.

Install the pump gears into the fluid pump housing. Apply multi-purpose grease to the pump gear to prevent scoring at start-up.

66. CAUTION: Make sure the holes in the plate line up with the holes in the pump.

Install the fluid pump adapter plate.

Page 395: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

67. CAUTION: Do not allow the pump gears to come out o f the pump housing pocket.

NOTE: The notch on the outside of the adapter plate will be at the 9 o'clock position relative to the converter housing.

Install the fluid pump on the converter housing.

• Hold the fluid pump adapter plate against the pump housing. Turn the pump and adapter plate over and place on the converter housing.

68. Loosely install the fluid pump screws.

69. CAUTION: The special tools must be used to correct ly align the fluid pump to the fluid adapter plate. This will prevent seal leakage, gear noise, broken gears and bushing failure.

Align the fluid pump to the fluid pump adapter plate and select the gauge from the special tool that is the snuggest fit when placed over the fluid pump.

70. Thread the gauge into the special tool and slide the tool over the fluid pump until it

bottoms out in the fluid pump gear pocket.

Page 396: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

71. Tighten the fluid pump bolts in a star pattern and remove the pump alignment

handle.

72. Install a new fluid pump seal ring.

• Coat the fluid pump seal ring with petroleum jelly.

73. NOTE: Make sure the fluid pump seal ring is installed on the housing and pump

assembly.

Install a new fluid pump gasket.

• Hold the fluid pump gasket in place with petroleum jelly.

74. CAUTION: Be careful not to overstretch the seal ri ng past the seal ring groove or damage to the seal will occur.

Using the special tools, install the fluid pump seal ring.

Page 397: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

75. CAUTION: Verify correct seal installation. Make su re seal grooves are clean and free of burrs.

Verify that the seal is installed correctly.

76. CAUTION: Failure to correctly size the seal will d amage the seal when the torque converter is installed.

Using the special tool, size the seal to the correct size. Leave the special tool on the seal for two minutes to obtain the correct seal size.

77. Install the selected No. 1 fluid pump thrust washer.

• Coat the fluid pump thrust washer with petroleum jelly.

78. Install the special tools into the transmission case.

Page 398: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

79. CAUTION: The splines on the ends of the input shaf t are not the same length. The shorter splines go into the assembly.

Install the input shaft.

80. CAUTION: Make sure that the No. 1 fluid pump inlet thrust washer selective thrust washer, fluid pump gasket and the fluid pump-to-case O-ring seal remain in the correct position throughout this step.

Install the fluid pump and converter housing onto the case.

81. NOTE: Lubricate the O-ring seals on the converter housing screws.

Remove the special tools. Install the new converter housing-to-case screws. Tighten the screws in a star pattern.

82. Remove the input shaft.

Page 399: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

83. WARNING: Make sure the lock pin on the special too l is secure. Failure to follow these instructions may result in personal injury.

Rotate the transmission assembly so the fluid pan rails are facing up.

84. Assemble the front servo assembly.

1. Install the front servo cover O-ring seal on the front servo cover. Coat the front servo cover O-ring seal with petroleum jelly.

2. Install the front servo piston into the front servo cover.

3. Install the front servo piston spring on the front servo piston.

85. CAUTION: Do not damage the front servo-to-case O-r ing seal during installation.

CAUTION: Do not press the front servo cover and O- ring seal past the relief hole in the case or O-ring seal damage can o ccur.

Using the special tool, install the front servo assembly into the case and install the front servo cover retaining ring.

86. Assemble the intermediate servo assembly.

1. Install the intermediate servo cover O-ring seal on the intermediate servo cover. Coat the intermediate servo cover O-ring seal with petroleum jelly.

2. Install the intermediate servo piston into the intermediate servo cover.

Page 400: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

3. Install the intermediate servo piston spring on the intermediate servo piston.

87. CAUTION: Do not damage servo cover-to-case O-ring seal during installation.

CAUTION: Do not press the intermediate servo cover and O-ring seal past the relief hole in the case or O-ring seal dam age can occur.

Using the special tool, install the intermediate servo assembly into the case and install the intermediate servo cover retaining ring.

88. CAUTION: Do not allow front band adjustment screw to back out. The band strut can fall out of position.

CAUTION: Install, but do not tighten, a new locknu t on the band adjustment screw. Apply petroleum jelly to the lock nut seal.

Install a new locknut on the band adjustment screw.

89. CAUTION: The front servo must be installed prior t o band adjustment.

NOTE: The wrench will click at the specified torque.

Tighten the front band adjustment screw using the special tool and back off the front band adjustment screw exactly 2 turns and hold that position.

Page 401: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

90. Tighten the front band locknut.

1. Hold the front band adjustment screw stationary.

2. Tighten the front band locknut.

91. CAUTION: Do not allow the intermediate band adjust ing screw to back out. The band strut could fall out of position.

CAUTION: Install, but do not tighten, a new locknu t on the band adjustment screw. Apply petroleum jelly to the lock nut seal.

Install a new nut on the band adjustment screw.

92. CAUTION: The intermediate servo must be installed prior to band adjustment.

NOTE: The wrench will click at the specified torque.

Tighten the intermediate band adjusting screw using the special tool and back off the intermediate band adjusting screw exactly 2 turns and hold that position.

Page 402: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

93. Tighten the intermediate band locknut.

1. Hold the intermediate band adjustment screw stationary.

2. Tighten the intermediate band locknut.

94. CAUTION: Install new O-ring seals on the 16-pin el ectrical connector. Coat the O-ring seals with petroleum jelly.

NOTE: Make sure that the tab is in the lock position.

Position the transmission case 16-pin electrical connector into the case bore.

• Press the transmission case 16-pin electrical connector through the case until a click is heard.

95. CAUTION: Do not overstretch the retaining spring.

Install the 16-pin electrical connector retaining spring.

Page 403: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

96. CAUTION: Align the slot on the turbine shaft speed (TSS) sensor electrical connector with the slot in the 16-pin el ectrical connector.

Install the TSS sensor electrical connector into the transmission case 16-pin electrical connector.

1. Connect the TSS sensor electrical connector.

2. Insert the TSS sensor electrical connector wires into the retaining slot in the 16-pin electrical connector.

97. Tighten the center support screw.

98. Install the special tools into the transmission case.

Page 404: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

99. CAUTION: Make sure main control valve body gasket is aligned.

CAUTION: Make sure that the manual valve is correc tly aligned with the manual valve inner pin when the main control valve body is installed.

Position the main control valve body into the transmission case.

100. NOTE: The screws will be tightened in later steps.

Loosely install the four M6 x 45 mm screws.

101. NOTE: The main control valve body screws will be tightened in later steps.

Loosely install the two M6 x 35 mm screws.

102. NOTE: The main control valve body screw will be tightened in later steps.

Loosely install the M6 x 30 mm screw.

Page 405: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

103. Remove the special tools.

104. NOTE: The main control valve body screws will be tightened in later steps.

Loosely install the sixteen M6 x 40 mm screws.

105. Tighten the screws in the sequence shown.

Page 406: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

106. Rotate the manual lever into the NEUTRAL position, then install the manual

control valve detent lever spring.

1. Position the manual control valve detent lever spring on the main control valve body.

2. Install the screw.

107. Install the low/reverse band servo cover and reverse servo separator plate cover gasket.

1. Position the low/reverse band servo cover and low/reverse servo separator plate cover gasket on the transmission case.

2. Loosely install the screws.

Page 407: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

108. Tighten the screws in the sequence shown.

109. Connect the solenoid electrical connectors.

1. Connect shift solenoids SSA, SSB, SSC and SSD electrical connectors.

2. Connect the torque converter clutch (TCC) solenoid electrical connector.

3. Connect the electronic pressure control (EPC) solenoid electrical connector.

110. CAUTION: Excessive pressure may break the locating pins.

Install the wiring loom protector and guide.

• Align the pins in the holes of the solenoid clamps and gently push down.

111. CAUTION: Make sure that both fluid pan filter O-ri ng seals are correctly installed on the fluid pan filter prior t o installation.

Install the fluid pan filter O-ring seals.

• Coat the fluid pan filter O-ring seals with clean automatic transmission fluid.

Page 408: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

112. Install the transmission fluid filter.

113. Install the transmission fluid pan and transmission fluid pan gasket.

• Loosely install the screws.

114. Tighten the transmission fluid pan screws.

• Tighten the transmission fluid pan screws in a crisscross sequence.

115. Remove the transmission from the bench and place on a flat surface.

Page 409: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

116. Remove the special tools from the transmission case.

117. NOTE: Use petroleum jelly to hold the gasket in place.

Install a new extension housing gasket.

118. NOTE: The guide cup is press-fit into the extension housing and is not

serviced separately.

Install the parking pawl assembly.

1. Install the parking pawl shaft into the extension housing.

2. Install the parking pawl.

3. Install the parking pawl return spring.

119. CAUTION: Make sure the parking lever actuating rod is correctly seated into the transmission case parking rod guide cup.

Page 410: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Install the extension housing.

1. Install the extension housing and gasket.

2. Install the screws.

3. Install the stud(s).

4x2 vehicles

120. CAUTION: The lube hole in the bushing must be alig ned with the lube groove in the extension housing.

NOTE: Install the extension housing bushing only if removed in disassembly.

NOTE: Remove any burrs from the extension housing counterbore.

Align the lube hole with the lube groove in the extension housing. This groove is located at the 3 o'clock position when viewed from the rear.

121. CAUTION: Tool will bottom when bushing is in the c orrect position.

Using the special tool, install the extension housing bushing.

122. Position a new extension housing seal with drain hole in the 6 o'clock

position.

Page 411: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

123. Using the special tool, install a new extension housing seal.

All vehicles

124. Install the digital transmission range (TR) sensor.

1. Position the digital TR sensor on the transmission.

2. Loosely install the screws.

3. Rotate the manual lever to the NEUTRAL position (two detents rearward).

125. CAUTION: Tightening one screw before tightening th e other can cause the sensor to bind or become damaged.

NOTE: The manual lever must be in the NEUTRAL position.

Using the special tool, align the digital TR sensor and tighten screws in an alternating sequence.

Page 412: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

126. Install the manual control lever.

1. Install the lever.

2. Install the nut.

127. If equipped, install the transmission servo heat shield and nut.

128. NOTE: Inspect the O-ring seal for damage. Install a new component if

damaged.

Install the output shaft speed (OSS) sensor.

1. Install the sensor.

2. Install the screw.

129. NOTE: Inspect the O-ring seal for damage. Install a new component if

damaged.

Page 413: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Install the intermediate shaft speed sensor.

1. Install the intermediate shaft speed sensor.

2. Install the intermediate shaft speed sensor screw.

130. CAUTION: The splines of the input shaft are not th e same length on both ends. The shaft end with the shorter spline s goes into the fluid pump.

Install the input shaft.

131. Using the special tool, check that the fluid pump gear seal ring is seated.

132. CAUTION: Do not damage the fluid pump gear O-ring seal when installing the torque converter.

CAUTION: Make sure the converter hub is fully enga ged in the front pump support and gear and it rotates freely. Do not damage the hub seal.

CAUTION: If the torque converter slides out, the h ub seal can be damaged.

Lubricate the converter hub with clean automatic transmission fluid.

Page 414: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

133. WARNING: The torque converter can fall out if the transmission is tipped. Failure to follow these instructions can re sult in personal injury.

Use the special tools to install the torque converter by pushing and rotating.

134. Make sure the torque converter is installed to specification.

135. Lubricate the torque converter pilot hub with multi-purpose grease.

136. Install the special tool on the case.

Page 415: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 418-00: Module Communications Network 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING Procedure revision date: 06/26/2000

Communications Network

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Section 418-00 for schematic and connector information.

Special Tool(s)

Worldwide Diagnostic System (WDS) 418-F224, New Generation STAR (NGS) Tester 418-F052 or equivalent diagnostic tool

73III Automotive Meter 105-R0057 or equivalent

Principles of Operation

The vehicle has two module communication networks: the standard corporate protocol (SCP), which is an unshielded twisted pair cable (data bus plus, Circuit 914 [TN/OG]) and data bus minus, (Circuit 915 [PK/LB]) and the international standards organization (ISO) 9141 communications network, which is a single wire network (Circuit 70 [LB/WH]). The diagnostic tool can connect to both networks through the data link connector (DLC). This makes diagnosis and testing of these systems easier by allowing one smart tester to be able to diagnose and control any module on the two networks from one connector. The DLC can be found under the instrument panel between the steering column and the radio.

The SCP communications network will remain operational even with the severing of one of the bus wires. Communications will also continue if one of the bus wires is shorted to ground or voltage, or if some but not all termination resistors are lost.

Page 416: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

The ISO 9141 communications network does not permit intermodule communication. When the diagnostic tool communicates to modules on the ISO 9141 communication network, the diagnostic tool must ask for all information; the modules cannot initiate communications.

The ISO 9141 communications network will not function if the wire is shorted to ground or battery voltage. Also, if one of the modules on the ISO 9141 communications network loses power or shorts internally, communications to that module will fail.

The powertrain control module (PCM) is connected to the SCP communication network. The PCM controls the engine performance, electronic ignition, emission controls and on-board diagnostics. Refer to Section 3A in the Powertrain Control/Emissions Diagnosis (PC/ED) manual. The passive anti-theft system (PATS) is integrated into the PCM. The PCM controls the PATS system functions as well as illumination of the anti-theft indicator. The PCM stores the ignition key codes and controls engine disable. Refer to Section 419-01.

The restraints control module (RCM) is on the ISO 9141 network. The RCM controls the deployment of the air bags based on sensor input. Refer to Section 501-20B.

The generic electronic module (GEM) is on the ISO 9141 network. The GEM is equipped on all vehicles. The GEM controls additional functions that include:

• speed dependent windshield wipers

• illuminated entry and courtesy lamps

• windshield wipers

• warning chimes

• battery saver

• accessory delay

• power windows

Refer to Section 419-10.

The central security module (if equipped) is on the ISO 9141 communication network. The central security module controls keyless entry and door lock /unlock functions for the vehicle. Refer to Section 501-14.

The 4-wheel drive (4WD) control module (if equipped) is on the ISO 9141 communication network. The 4WD control module controls the four wheel drive for the vehicle. Refer to Section 308-07A .

The 4-wheel anti-lock brake (4WABS) control module (if equipped) is on the ISO 9141 communication network. The 4WABS control module controls the brake pressure to the four wheels to keep the vehicle under control while braking. Refer to Section 206-09 .

Inspection and Verification

1. Verify the customer concern.

2. Visually inspect for obvious signs of electrical damage. Refer to the following chart:

Visual Inspection Chart

Electrical

• Central junction box (CJB) fuse 17 (20 A)

• Damaged wiring harness

Page 417: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

• Loose or corroded connectors

3. If the concern remains after the inspection, connect the diagnostic tool to the data link connector (DLC) located beneath the instrument panel and select the vehicle to be tested from the diagnostic tool menu. If the diagnostic tool does not communicate with the vehicle:

• check that the program card is correctly installed.

• check the connections to the vehicle.

• check the ignition switch is in RUN.

If the diagnostic tool still does not communicate with the vehicle, go to Pinpoint Test I.

4. Go to Pinpoint Test PC.

System Precheck

PINPOINT TEST PC: DATA LINK DIAGNOSTICS TEST

CONDITIONS DETAILS/RESULTS/ACTIONS PC1 DATA LINK DIAGNOSTICS TEST

Run the DATA LINK DIAGNOSTICS test.

• Is SYSTEM PASSED obtained?

Yes Test PASSED. RETURN to the Symptom Chart of the section for the module in question.

No If no response from the diagnostic tool, GO to Pinpoint Test I. If CKT70, CKT914, or CKT915 = SOME ECUS NO RESP/NOT EQUIP, REFER to the Symptom Chart. If CKT70 = ALL ECUS NO RESP/NOT EQUIP, GO to Pinpoint Test G. If CKT914 = ALL ECUS NO RESP/NOT EQUIP, GO to Pinpoint Test H. If CKT915 = ALL ECUS NO RESP/NOT EQUIP, GO to Pinpoint Test H. If module in question is NO RESPONSE/NOT EQUIPPED, NO RESPONSE ON CKT914 (BUS+), or NO RESPONSE ON CKT915 (BUS-), REFER to the Symptom Chart.

Symptom Chart

Symptom Chart

Condition Possible Sources Action

Page 418: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

• The 4-wheel anti-lock brake (4WABS) control module does not respond to the diagnostic tool

• Circuit or connection in international standards organization (ISO) 9141 network.

• 4WABS control module (if equipped).

• GO to Pinpoint Test A.

• The generic electronic module (GEM) does not respond to the diagnostic tool

• Circuit or connection in ISO 9141 network.

• GEM.

• GO to Pinpoint Test B.

• The restraints control module (RCM) does not respond to the diagnostic tool

• Circuit or connection in ISO 9141 network.

• RCM.

• GO to Pinpoint Test C.

• The central security module does not respond to the diagnostic tool

• Circuit or connection in ISO 9141 network.

• Central security module (if equipped).

• GO to Pinpoint Test D.

• The powertrain control module (PCM) does not respond to the diagnostic tool

• Circuit or connection in standard corporate protocol (SCP) network.

• PCM.

• GO to Pinpoint Test E.

• The four wheel drive (4WD) control module does not respond to the diagnostic tool

• Circuit or connection in SCP network.

• 4WD control module (if equipped).

• GO to Pinpoint Test F.

• No ISO 9141 network module/network communication

• Circuit or connection in ISO 9141 network.

• ISO 9141 networked modules.

• GO to Pinpoint Test G.

• No SCP module/network communication

• Circuit or connection in SCP network.

• SCP networked modules.

• GO to Pinpoint Test H.

• No module/network communication — no power to the diagnostic tool

• DLC.

• Central junction box (CJB) Fuse 17 (20 A).

• Circuitry.

• Diagnostic tool.

• GO to Pinpoint Test I.

Pinpoint Tests

Page 419: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

PINPOINT TEST A: THE 4-WHEEL ANTI-LOCK BRAKE (4WABS) CONTROL MODULE DOES NOT RESPOND TO THE DIAGNOSTIC TOOL

CONDITIONS DETAILS/RESULTS/ACTIONS A1 CHECK CIRCUIT 70 AT 4WABS CONTROL MODULE C135 PIN 23 FOR DAMAGE

4WABS Control Module C135

Inspect 4WABS control module C135 for damage.

• Is the 4WABS control module C154 OK?

Yes GO to A2.

No REPAIR 4WABS control module C135. TEST the system for normal operation.

A2 CHECK CIRCUIT 70 (LB/WH) BETWEEN DLC C251 AND 4WABS CONTROL MODULE C135 FOR AN OPEN

Measure the resistance between 4WABS control module C135 pin 23, circuit 70 (LB/WH), harness side and DLC C251 pin 7, circuit 70 (LB/WH), harness side.

• Is the resistance less than 5 ohms?

Yes GO to A7.

No GO to A3.

A3 CHECK IN-LINE C144 FOR DAMAGE

Page 420: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

In-Line C144

Inspect in-line C144M and C144F for damage.

• Is the in-line C144M and C144F OK?

Yes GO to A4.

No REPAIR the damaged side(s) of in-line C144. TEST the system for normal operation.

A4 CHECK CIRCUIT 70 (LB/WH) BETWEEN IN-LINE C144F AND DLC C251 FOR AN OPEN

Measure the resistance between DLC C251 pin 7, circuit 70 (LB/WH), harness side and in-line C144F pin 12, circuit 70 (LB/WH), harness side.

• Is the resistance less than 5 ohms?

Yes GO to A5.

No REPAIR the circuit between DLC C251 and in-line C144F. TEST the system for normal operation.

A5 CHECK IN-LINE C126 FOR DAMAGE

In-Line C126

Inspect in-line C126F and C126M for damage.

• Is the in-line C126F and C126M

Page 421: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

OK?

Yes GO to A6.

No REPAIR the damaged side(s) of in-line C126 TEST the system for normal operation.

A6 CHECK CIRCUIT 70 (LB/WH) BETWEEN IN-LINE C144M AND IN-LINE C126M FOR AN OPEN

Measure the resistance between in-line C144M pin 12, circuit 70 (LB/WH), harness side and in-line C126M pin 8, circuit 70 (LB/WH), harness side.

• Is the resistance less than 5 ohms?

Yes REPAIR the circuit between in-line C126F and 4WABS control module C135. TEST the system for normal operation.

No REPAIR the circuit between in-line C144M and in-line C126M. TEST the system for normal operation.

A7 CHECK FOR CORRECT 4WABS CONTROL MODULE OPERATION

Disconnect all 4WABS control module connectors.

Check for:

• corrosion

• pushed-out pins

Connect all 4WABS control module connectors and make sure they seat correctly.

Operate the system and verify the concern is still present.

• Is the concern still present?

Yes INSTALL a new 4WABS control module. REFER to Section 206-09. TEST the system for normal operation. CARRY OUT the DATA LINK

Page 422: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

DIAGNOSTICS test.

No The system is operating correctly at this time. Concern may have been caused by a loose or corroded connector. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

PINPOINT TEST B: THE GENERIC ELECTRONIC MODULE (GEM) DOES NOT RESPOND TO THE DIAGNOSTIC TOOL

CONDITIONS DETAILS/RESULTS/ACTIONS B1 CHECK GEM CONNECTOR FOR DAMAGE

If equipped with 2.5L engine disconnect C201a. If equipped with a 3.0L or 4.0L engine disconnect C2100a.

Inspect GEM connector for damage.

• Is the GEM C2100a or C201a OK?

Yes GO to B2.

No REPAIR the GEM C2100a or C201a. TEST the system for normal operation.

B2 CHECK CIRCUIT 70 (LB/WH) BETWEEN DLC AND GEM FOR AN OPEN

If equipped with 3.0L or 4.0L engine measure the resistance between GEM C2100a pin 3, circuit 70 (LB/WH), harness side and DLC C251 pin 7, circuit 70 (LB/WH), harness side.

If equipped with 2.5L engine measure the resistance between GEM C201a pin 25, circuit 70 (LB/WH), harness side and DLC C251 pin 7, circuit 70 (LB/WH), harness side.

Page 423: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

• Is the resistance less than 5 ohms?

Yes GO to B3.

No REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.

B3 CHECK FOR CORRECT GEM OPERATION

Disconnect all GEM connectors.

Check for:

• corrosion

• pushed-out pins

Connect all GEM connectors and make sure they seat correctly.

Operate the system and verify the concern is still present.

• Is the concern still present?

Yes INSTALL a new GEM. REFER to Section 419-10. TEST the system for normal operation. CARRY OUT the DATA LINK DIAGNOSTICS test.

No The system is operating correctly at this time. Concern may have been caused by a loose or corroded connector. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

PINPOINT TEST C: THE RESTRAINT CONTROL MODULE (RCM) DOES NOT RESPOND TO THE DIAGNOSTIC TOOL

CONDITIONS DETAILS/RESULTS/ACTIONS C1 CHECK RCM C2041 FOR DAMAGE

Page 424: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Deactivate the air bag system; refer to Section 501-20B.

RCM C2041

Inspect RCM C2041 for damage.

• Is the RCM C2041 OK?

Yes GO to C2.

No REPAIR the RCM C2041. TEST the system for normal operation.

C2 CHECK CIRCUIT 70 (LB/WH) BETWEEN DLC AND RCM FOR AN OPEN

Measure the resistance between RCM C2041 pin 5, circuit 70 (LB/WH), harness side and DLC C251 pin 7, circuit 70 (LB/WH), harness side.

• Is the resistance less than 5 ohms?

Yes GO to C3.

No REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.

C3 CHECK FOR CORRECT RCM OPERATION

Disconnect all RCM connectors.

Check for:

• corrosion

• pushed-out pins

Connect all RCM connectors and make

Page 425: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

sure they seat correctly.

Operate the system and verify the concern is still present.

• Is the concern still present?

Yes INSTALL a new RCM. REFER to Section 501-20B. TEST the system for normal operation. CARRY OUT the DATA LINK DIAGNOSTICS test.

No The system is operating correctly at this time. Concern may have been caused by a loose or corroded connector. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

PINPOINT TEST D: THE CENTRAL SECURITY MODULE DOES NOT RESPOND TO THE DIAGNOSTIC TOOL

CONDITIONS DETAILS/RESULTS/ACTIONS D1 CHECK CENTRAL SECURITY MODULE C274a FOR DAMAGE

Central Security Module C274a

Inspect central security module C274a for damage.

• Is the central security module C274a OK?

Yes GO to D2.

No REPAIR the central security module C274a. TEST the system for normal operation.

D2 CHECK CIRCUIT 70 (LB/WH) BETWEEN DLC AND CENTRAL SECURITY MODULE FOR AN OPEN

Measure the resistance between central security module C274a pin 3, circuit 70 (LB/WH), harness side and DLC C251 pin 7,

Page 426: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

circuit 70 (LB/WH), harness side.

• Is the resistance less than 5 ohms?

Yes GO to D3.

No REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.

D3 CHECK FOR CORRECT CENTRAL SECURITY MODULE OPERATION

Disconnect all central security module connectors.

Check for:

• corrosion

• pushed-out pins

Connect all central security module connectors and make sure they seat correctly.

Operate the system and verify the concern is still present.

• Is the concern still present?

Yes INSTALL a new central security module. REFER to Section 419-10. TEST the system for normal operation. CARRY OUT the DATA LINK DIAGNOSTICS test.

No The system is operating correctly at this time. Concern may have been caused by a loose or corroded connector. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

PINPOINT TEST E: THE POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) DOES NOT RESPOND TO THE DIAGNOSTIC TOOL

CONDITIONS DETAILS/RESULTS/ACTIONS E1 CHECK CIRCUITS 914 (TN/OG) AND 915 (PK/LB) FOR AN OPEN

Page 427: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

PCM C175

Measure the resistance between PCM C175 pin 16, circuit 914 (TN/OG), harness side and DLC C251 pin 2, circuit 914 (TN/OG), harness side.

Measure the resistance between PCM C175 pin 15, circuit 915 (PK/LB), harness side and DLC C251 pin 10, circuit 915 (PK/LB), harness side.

• Are the resistances less than 5 ohms?

Yes GO to E6.

No GO to E2.

E2 CHECK IN-LINE C146 FOR DAMAGE

In-Line C146

Inspect in-line C146M and C146F for damage.

Page 428: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

• Is the in-line C146M and C146F OK?

Yes GO to E3.

No REPAIR the damaged side(s) of in-line C146. TEST the system for normal operation.

E3 CHECK CIRCUITS 914 (TN/OG) AND 915 (PK/LB) BETWEEN IN-LINE C146F and DLC C251 FOR AN OPEN

Measure the resistance between in-line C146F pin 9, circuit 914 (TN/OG), harness side and DLC C251 pin 2, circuit 914 (TN/OG) harness side.

Measure the resistance between in-line C146F pin 10, circuit 915 (PK/LB), harness side and DLC C251 pin 10, circuit 915 (PK/LB) harness side.

• Are the resistances less than 5 ohms?

Yes GO to E4.

No REPAIR the circuit (s) in question between in-line C146F and DLC C251. REFER to Communication Circuit Wiring Repair in this section. TEST the system for normal operation.

E4 CHECK IN-LINE C110 FOR DAMAGE

In-Line C110

Page 429: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Inspect in-line C110M and C110F for damage.

• Is the in-line C110M and C110F OK?

Yes GO to E5.

No REPAIR the damaged side(s) of in-line C110. TEST the system for normal operation.

E5 CHECK CIRCUITS 914 (TN/OG) AND 915 (PK/LB) BETWEEN IN-LINE C146F AND IN-LINE C110M FOR AN OPEN

Measure the resistance between in-line C146M pin 9, circuit 914 (TN/OG), harness side and in-line C110M pin 11, circuit 914 (TN/OG) harness side.

Measure the resistance between in-line C146M pin 10, circuit 915 (PK/LB), harness side and in-line C110M pin 3, circuit 915 (PK/LB) harness side.

• Are the resistances less than 5 ohms?

Yes REPAIR the circuit (s) in question between PCM C175 and in-line C110F. REFER to Communication Circuit Wiring Repair in this section. TEST the system for normal operation.

No REPAIR the circuit (s) in question between in-line C146M and in-line C110M. REFER to Communication Circuit Wiring Repair in this section. TEST the system for normal operation.

E6 CHECK FOR CORRECT PCM OPERATION

Page 430: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Disconnect all PCM connectors.

Check for:

• corrosion

• pushed-out pins

Connect all PCM connectors and make sure they seat correctly.

Operate the system and verify the concern is still present.

• Is the concern still present?

Yes INSTALL a new PCM. REFER to Section 303-14. TEST the system for normal operation. CARRY OUT the DATA LINK DIAGNOSTICS test.

No The system is operating correctly at this time. Concern may have been caused by a loose or corroded connector. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

PINPOINT TEST F: THE FOUR WHEEL DRIVE (4WD) CONTROL MODULE DOES NOT RESPOND TO THE DIAGNOSTIC TOOL

CONDITIONS DETAILS/RESULTS/ACTIONS F1 CHECK 4WD CONTROL MODULE C281a FOR DAMAGE

4WD Control Module C281a

Inspect 4WD control module C281a for damage.

• Is the 4WD control module C281a OK?

Yes GO to F2.

No

Page 431: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

REPAIR the 4WD control module C281a. TEST the system for normal operation.

F2 CHECK CIRCUIT 70 (LB/WH) FOR AN OPEN

Measure the resistance between 4WD control module C281a pin 4, circuit 70 (LB/WH), harness side and DLC C251 pin 7, circuit 70 (LB/WH), harness side.

• Are the resistances less than 5 ohms?

Yes GO to F3.

No REPAIR the circuit between the DLC C251 and 4WD control module C281a.

F3 CHECK FOR CORRECT 4WD CONTROL MODULE OPERATION

Disconnect all 4WD control module connectors.

Check for:

• corrosion

• pushed-out pins

Connect all 4WD control module connectors and make sure they seat correctly.

Operate the system and verify the concern is still present.

• Is the concern still present?

Yes INSTALL a new 4WD control module. REFER to Section 308-07A. CARRY OUT the DATA LINK DIAGNOSTICS test.

No The system is operating correctly at this time. Concern may have been caused by a loose or corroded connector. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

Page 432: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

PINPOINT TEST G: NO MODULE / NETWORK COMMUNICATION — ISO 9141 NETWORK

CONDITIONS DETAILS/RESULTS/ACTIONS G1 CHECK THE DLC C251 FOR DAMAGE

Inspect DLC C251 pin 7 and the wire (circuit 70 [LB/WH]) leading to pin 7.

• Is DLC C251 OK?

Yes GO to G2.

No REPAIR the DLC C251. TEST the system for normal operation.

G2 CHECK CIRCUIT 70 (LB/WH) BETWEEN DLC AND GENERIC ELECTRONIC MODULE FOR AN OPEN

If equipped with 2.5L engine C201a. If equipped with a 3.0L or 4.0L engine C2100a.

If equipped with 3.0L or 4.0L engine measure the resistance between GEM C2100a pin 3, circuit 70 (LB/WH), harness side and DLC C251 pin 7, circuit 70 (LB/WH), harness side.

If equipped with 2.5L engine measure the resistance between GEM C201a pin 25, circuit 70 (LB/WH), harness side and DLC C251 pin 7, circuit 70 (LB/WH), harness side.

• Is the resistance less than 5 ohms?

Yes

Page 433: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

GO to G3.

No REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.

G3 CHECK ISO 9141 NETWORK WITH GEM DISCONNECTED

Carry out the DATA LINK DIAGNOSTICS test.

• Did the diagnostic tool indicate SYSTEM PASSED?

Yes GO to G12.

No GO to G4.

G4 CHECK CIRCUIT 70 (LB/WH) FOR AN OPEN BETWEEN 4WD CONTROL MODULE C281a AND DLC C251

If equipped with 2.5L engine C201a. If equipped with a 3.0L or 4.0L engine C2100a.

4WD Control Module C281a

Measure the resistance between 4WD control module C281a pin 4, circuit 70 (LB/WH), harness side and DLC C251 pin 7, circuit 70 (LB/WH) harness side.

Page 434: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

• Is the resistance less than 5 ohms?

Yes GO to G5.

No REPAIR the circuit between the DLC C251 and 4WD control module C281a. TEST the system for normal operation.

G5 CHECK ISO 9141 NETWORK WITH 4WD CONTROL MODULE C281a DISCONNECTED

Carry out the DATA LINK DIAGNOSTICS test.

• Did the diagnostic tool indicate SYSTEM PASSED?

Yes GO to G13.

No GO to G6.

G6 CHECK CIRCUIT 70 (LB/WH) FOR AN OPEN BETWEEN THE CENTRAL SECURITY (CSM) MODULE C274a AND DLC C251

Page 435: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

4WD Control Module C281a

Central Security Module C274a

Measure the resistance between central security module C274a pin 3, circuit 70 (LB/WH), harness side and DLC C251 pin 7, circuit 70 (LB/WH) harness side.

• Is the resistance less than 5 ohms?

Yes GO to G7.

No REPAIR the circuit between the DLC C251 and central security module C274a. TEST the system for normal operation.

G7 CHECK ISO 9141 NETWORK WITH THE CENTRAL SECURITY MODULE C274a DISCONNECTED

Carry out the DATA LINK DIAGNOSTICS test.

• Did the diagnostic tool indicate SYSTEM PASSED?

Yes GO to G14.

No GO to G8.

G8 CHECK CIRCUIT 70 (LB/WH) FOR AN OPEN BETWEEN THE RESTRAINT CONTROL MODULE (RCM) C2041 AND DLC C251

Page 436: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Central Security Module C274a

Deactivate the air bag system; refer to Section 501-20B.

RCM C2041

Measure the resistance between RCM C2041 pin 5, circuit 70 (LB/WH), harness side and DLC C251 pin 7, circuit 70 (LB/WH), harness side.

• Is the resistance less than 5 ohms?

Yes GO to G9.

No REPAIR the circuit between the DLC C251 and RCM C2041a. TEST the system for normal operation.

G9 CHECK ISO 9141 NETWORK WITH THE RCM C2041a DISCONNECTED

Carry out the DATA LINK DIAGNOSTICS test.

Page 437: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

• Did the diagnostic tool indicate SYSTEM PASSED?

Yes GO to G15.

No GO to G10.

G10 CHECK CIRCUIT 70 (LB/WH) FOR AN OPEN BETWEEN THE 4 WHEEL ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (4WABS) CONTROL MODULE C135 AND DLC C251

RCM C2041

4WABS Control Module C135

Measure the resistance between 4WABS control module C135 pin 23, circuit 70 (LB/WH), harness side and DLC C251 pin 7, circuit 70 (LB/WH), harness side.

• Is the resistance less than 5 ohms?

Yes GO to G11.

No REPAIR the circuit between the DLC C251 and 4WABS control module C135. TEST the system for normal operation.

G11 CHECK ISO 9141 NETWORK WITH THE 4WABS CONTROL MODULE C135 DISCONNECTED

Page 438: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Carry out the DATA LINK DIAGNOSTICS test.

• Did the diagnostic tool indicate SYSTEM PASSED?

Yes GO to G16.

No The system is operating correctly at this time. Concern may have been caused by a loose or corroded connector. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

G12 CHECK FOR CORRECT GEM OPERATION

Disconnect all GEM connectors.

Check for:

• corrosion

• pushed-out pins

Connect all GEM connectors and make sure they seat correctly.

Operate the system and verify the concern is still present.

• Is the concern still present?

Yes INSTALL a new GEM. REFER to Section 419-10. TEST the system for normal operation. CARRY OUT the DATA LINK DIAGNOSTICS test.

No The system is operating correctly at this time. Concern may have been caused by a loose or corroded connector. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

G13 CHECK FOR CORRECT 4WD CONTROL MODULE OPERATION

Disconnect all 4WD control module connectors.

Page 439: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Check for:

• corrosion

• pushed-out pins

Connect all 4WD control module connectors and make sure they seat correctly.

Operate the system and verify the concern is still present.

• Is the concern still present?

Yes INSTALL a new 4WD control module. REFER to Section 308-07A. CARRY OUT the DATA LINK DIAGNOSTICS test.

No The system is operating correctly at this time. Concern may have been caused by a loose or corroded connector. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

G14 CHECK FOR CORRECT CENTRAL SECURITY MODULE OPERATION

Disconnect all central security module connectors.

Check for:

• corrosion

• pushed-out pins

Connect all central security connectors and make sure they seat correctly.

Operate the system and verify the concern is still present.

• Is the concern still present?

Yes INSTALL a new central security module. REFER to Section 419-10. TEST the system for normal operation. CARRY OUT the DATA LINK DIAGNOSTICS test.

No The system is operating correctly at this time. Concern may have been caused by a loose or corroded connector. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

G15 CHECK FOR CORRECT RCM OPERATION

Page 440: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Disconnect all RCM connectors.

Check for:

• corrosion

• pushed-out pins

Connect all RCM connectors and make sure they seat correctly.

Operate the system and verify the concern is still present.

• Is the concern still present?

Yes INSTALL a new RCM. REFER to Section 501-20B. TEST the system for normal operation. CARRY OUT the DATA LINK DIAGNOSTICS test.

No The system is operating correctly at this time. Concern may have been caused by a loose or corroded connector. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

G16 CHECK FOR CORRECT 4-WHEEL ANTI-LOCK BRAKE (4WABS) CONTROL MODULE OPERATION

Disconnect all 4WABS control module connectors.

Check for:

• corrosion

• pushed-out pins

Connect all 4WABS control module connectors and make sure they seat correctly.

Operate the system and verify the concern is still present.

• Is the concern still present?

Yes INSTALL a new 4WABS control module. REFER to Section 206-09. TEST the system for normal operation. CARRY OUT the DATA LINK DIAGNOSTICS test.

No The system is operating correctly at this time. Concern may have been caused by a loose or corroded connector. CLEAR the DTCs.

Page 441: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

REPEAT the self-test.

PINPOINT TEST H: NO MODULE / NETWORK COMMUNICATION — SCP LINK

CONDITIONS DETAILS/RESULTS/ACTIONS H1 CHECK DLC 251 PINS 2 AND 10 FOR DAMAGE

Inspect DLC C251 pins 2 and 10 and the wires leading to the pins for damage.

• Is the DLC C251 OK?

Yes GO to H2.

No REPAIR DLC C251. TEST the system for normal operation.

H2 CHECK CIRCUITS 914 (TN/OG) AND 915 (PK/LB) FOR AN OPEN

PCM C175

Measure the resistance between PCM C175 pin 16, circuit 914 (TN/OG), harness side and DLC C251 pin 2, circuit 914 (TN/OG), harness side.

Measure the resistance between PCM C175 pin 15, circuit 915 (PK/LB), harness side and DLC C251 pin 10, circuit 915 (PK/LB), harness side.

Page 442: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

• Are the resistances less than 5 ohms?

Yes GO to H7.

No GO to H3.

H3 CHECK IN-LINE C146 FOR DAMAGE

In-Line C146

Inspect in-line C146M and C146F for damage.

• Is the in-line C146M and C146F OK?

Yes GO to H4.

No REPAIR the damaged side(s) of in-line C146. TEST the system for normal operation.

H4 CHECK CIRCUITS 914 (TN/OG) AND 915 (PK/LB) BETWEEN IN-LINE C146F and DLC C251 FOR AN OPEN

Measure the resistance between in-line C146F pin 9, circuit 914 (TN/OG), harness side and DLC C251 pin 2, circuit 914 (TN/OG), harness side.

Measure the resistance between in-line C146F pin 10, circuit 915 (PK/LB), harness

Page 443: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

side and DLC C251 pin 10, circuit 915 (PK/LB), harness side.

• Are the resistances less than 5 ohms?

Yes GO to H5.

No REPAIR the circuit (s) in question between in-line C146F and DLC C251. REFER to Communication Circuit Wiring Repair in this section. TEST the system for normal operation.

H5 CHECK IN-LINE C110 FOR DAMAGE

In-Line C110

Inspect in-line C110M and C110F for damage.

• Is the in-line C110M and C110F OK?

Yes GO to H6.

No REPAIR the damaged side(s) of in-line C110. TEST the system for normal operation.

H6 CHECK CIRCUITS 914 (TN/OG) AND 915 (PK/LB) BETWEEN IN-LINE C146F AND IN-LINE C110M FOR AN OPEN

Measure the resistance between in-line C146M pin 9, circuit 914 (TN/OG), harness side and in-line C110M pin 11, circuit 914 (TN/OG) harness side.

Page 444: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Measure the resistance between in-line C146M pin 10, circuit 915 (PK/LB), harness side and in-line C110M pin 3, circuit 915 (PK/LB), harness side.

• Are the resistances less than 5 ohms?

Yes REPAIR the circuit (s) in question between PCM C175 and in-line C110F. REFER to Communication Circuit Wiring Repair in this section. TEST the system for normal operation.

No REPAIR the circuit(s) in question between in-line C146M and in-line C110M. REFER to Communication Circuit Wiring Repair in this section. TEST the system for normal operation.

H7 CHECK FOR CORRECT PCM OPERATION

Disconnect all PCM connectors.

Check for:

• corrosion

• pushed-out pins

Connect all PCM connectors and make sure they seat correctly.

Operate the system and verify the concern is still present.

• Is the concern still present?

Yes

Page 445: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

INSTALL a new PCM. REFER to Section 303-14. TEST the system for normal operation. CARRY OUT the DATA LINK DIAGNOSTICS test.

No The system is operating correctly at this time. Concern may have been caused by a loose or corroded connector. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

PINPOINT TEST I: NO MODULE / NETWORK COMMUNICATION — NO POWER TO THE DIAGNOSTIC TOOL

CONDITIONS DETAILS/RESULTS/ACTIONS I1 CHECK DIAGNOSTIC TOOL CONNECTOR

Inspect diagnostic tool pins.

• Are the pins OK?

Yes GO to I2.

No REPAIR diagnostic tool connector. TEST the system for normal operation.

I2 CHECK THE DLC C251 PINS FOR DAMAGE

Inspect DLC C251 pins for damage.

Page 446: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

• Are the pins OK?

Yes GO to I3.

No REPAIR DLC C251. TEST the system for normal operation.

I3 CHECK VOLTAGE TO DIAGNOSTIC TOOL — CIRCUIT 693 (OG)

Measure the voltage between DLC C251 pin 16, circuit 693 (OG), harness side and ground.

• Is the voltage greater than 10 volts?

Yes GO to I4.

No REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.

I4 CHECK THE DLC GROUNDS CIRCUIT 57 (BK) AND CIRCUIT 570 (BK/WH)

Measure the resistance between DLC C251 pin 4, circuit 57 (BK), harness side and ground; and between DLC C251 pin 5, circuit 570 (BK/WH), harness side and ground.

Page 447: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

• Is the resistance less than 5 ohms?

Yes REPAIR the diagnostic tool. TEST the system for normal operation.

No REPAIR the circuit in question. TEST the system for normal operation.

Page 448: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

2001 Ranger Contents/Index

GROUP 08: Manual Transmission, Clutch and Transfer Case

SECTION 308-00: Manual Transaxle/Transmission and Clutch — General Information

SECTION 308-01: Clutch

SECTION 308-02: Clutch Controls

SECTION 308-03: Manual Transaxle/Transmission

SECTION 308-07A: Four-Wheel Drive Systems

SECTION 308-07B: Transfer Case — Automatic Shift

SECTION 308-07C: Transfer Case — Mechanical Shift

Page 449: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 308-07A: Four-Wheel Drive Systems 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual SPECIFICATIONS Procedure revision date: 06/26/2000

General Specifications

Item Specification Multi-Purpose Grease DOAZ-19584–AA ESB-M1C93–B

Torque Specifications

Description Nm lb-ft lb-in Gearmotor encoder assembly mounting bolts 20 15 —

Page 450: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 308-07A: Four-Wheel Drive Systems 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION Procedure revision date: 06/26/2000

Four-Wheel Drive Systems

For transfer case repair procedures, refer to Section 308-07B.

The electronic shift on the fly system is an electronically-shifted four wheel drive system that allows the operator to choose between three different modes. The operator can switch between 2WD and 4WD HIGH modes at any speed. To engage or disengage 4WD LOW range, the vehicle speed must be less than 5 km/h (3 mph), the brake depressed, and the transmission must be in NEUTRAL (automatic transmission) or the clutch pedal must be depressed (manual transmission).

The shift motor sense plate, an integral part of the transfer case shift motor, informs the four-wheel drive (4WD) control module of the transfer case position.

The digital transmission range (TR) sensor is located on the LH side of the automatic transmission; this sensor informs the 4WD control module when the automatic transmission is in the NEUTRAL position.

The clutch pedal position (CPP) switch is present on manual transmission vehicles; this switch informs the 4WD control module when the clutch pedal is depressed.

The transfer case shift motor is mounted externally at the rear of the transfer case. It drives a rotary cam which moves the mode fork and range fork within the transfer case between the 4WD HIGH, 4WD LOW and 2WD positions.

The transfer case shift motor is controlled by the 4WD control module to shift the transfer case between 4WD HIGH, 4WD LOW and 2WD modes.

System Function

Feature inputs:

• brake ON/OFF switch

• mode select switch (MSS)

• digital transmission range (TR) sensor

• vehicle speed signal transmitted from the powertrain control module (PCM)

• encoder plate position inputs A, B, C, D

Feature outputs:

• 4WD LOW indicator (ground when activated, open circuit when deactivated)

• 4WD HIGH indicator (ground when activated, open circuit when deactivated)

• transfer case shift motor outputs

Page 451: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Shifts between 2WD and 4WD HIGH can be made at any speed. Listed below are the inputs and outputs needed by the 4WD control module to execute a change between any of these modes.

Feature inputs:

• vehicle speed signal

• mode select switch

Feature outputs:

• 4WD HIGH cluster indicator (ground when activated, open circuit when deactivated)

When shifting into or out of LOW range, the 4WD control module requires that the vehicle speed is less than 5 km/h (3 mph), the brake is applied, and the transmission is in NEUTRAL.

Feature inputs:

• mode select switch

• encoder plate position inputs A, B, C, D

• vehicle speed signal

• brake ON/OFF switch input (battery voltage when brake is depressed, open circuit when not activated)

• digital transmission range sensor (ground when transmission is in NEUTRAL, open circuit otherwise)

Feature outputs:

• transfer case shift motor outputs

• 4WD LOW cluster indicator (ground when activated, open circuit when deactivated)

Page 452: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 308-07A: Four-Wheel Drive Systems 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING Procedure revision date: 09/20/2002

Four-Wheel Drive Systems—Electronic Shift

Refer to Wiring Diagrams Section 308-07A, Four Wheel Drive Systems for schematic and connector information.

Special Tool(s)

73III Automotive Meter 105-R0057 or equivalent

Worldwide Diagnostic System (WDS) 418-F224, New Generation STAR (NGS) Tester 418-F052, or equivalent diagnostic tool

Principles of Operation

Transfer Case — Electronic Shift

The four-wheel drive electronic shift-on-the-fly feature electrically shifts the vehicle transfer case between 2WD, 4WD HIGH, and 4WD LOW. The system mode is selected by the operator through the mode select switch (MSS) on the instrument panel. The operator is informed which mode the system is in by two instrument cluster indicators: one for 4WD HIGH which appears as 4WD HIGH, and one for 4WD LOW, which appears as 4WD LOW. Shifts into 4WD HIGH can be made at any speed. When shifting into 4WD HIGH with the vehicle stationary, tooth blockage may occur preventing shift completion. When the vehicle is driven above 8 km/h (5 mph) the shift will complete. When shifting in or out of 4WD LOW, the four-wheel drive (4WD) control module requires that the vehicle speed be less than 5 km/h (3 mph), the brake pedal be applied, and the transmission be in NEUTRAL (automatic transmission) or the clutch pedal be depressed (manual transmission).

The transfer case shift motor is mounted externally on the transfer case. It drives a rotary cam which moves the mode fork and range fork within the transfer case between the 4WD HIGH, 4WD LOW, and 2WD range positions.

The four-wheel drive (4WD) control module controls the transfer case shift motor that shifts between 4WD HIGH, 4WD LOW, and 2WD modes.

The 4WD control module accomplishes shifts by interpreting inputs from the following:

• mode select switch (MSS)

• vehicle speed signal

• encoder plate position

• brake pedal switch

• digital transmission range (TR) sensor

• ignition switch

Page 453: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

• transfer case shift motor

Based on these inputs, the 4WD control module controls the shifts into 2WD, 4WD HIGH or 4WD LOW with the following outputs:

• shift motor (clockwise)

• shift motor (counterclockwise)

Inspection and Verification — Electronic Shift

1. Visually inspect the following for obvious signs of mechanical and electrical damage.

Visual Inspection Chart

Mechanical Electrical

• Axle shafts and universal joints

• Driveshaft and universal joints

• Fluid leaks

• Matching tire size

• Battery junction box (BJB) fuse:

� 1 (50A)

� 3 (50A)

� 13 (20A)

� 30 (10A)

• Central junction box (CJB) fuse:

� 28 (7.5A) (manual transmission)

� 10 (7.5A)

� 11 (7.5A)

� 5 (15A)

• 4WD control module

• Wiring harness

• Mode select switch (MSS)

• transfer case shift motor

• Connector(s)

• Circuitry

2. If the concern remains after the inspection, connect the diagnostic tool to the data link connector (DLC) located beneath the instrument panel and select the vehicle to be tested from the diagnostic tool menu. If the diagnostic tool does not communicate with the vehicle:

• check that the program card is correctly installed.

• check the connections to the vehicle.

• check the ignition switch position.

3. If the diagnostic tool still does not communicate with the vehicle, refer to the diagnostic tool manual.

Page 454: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

4. Carry out the DATA LINK DIAGNOSTICS test. If the diagnostic tool responds with:

• CKT914, CKT915 or CKT70 = ALL ECUS NO RESP/NOT EQUIP, refer to Section 418-00.

• NO RESP/NOT EQUIP for 4WD control module, go to Pinpoint Test B.

• SYSTEM PASSED, retrieve and record the continuous diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), erase the continuous DTCs and carry out the 4WD control module self-test.

5. If the DTCs retrieved are related to the concern, go to the 4WD Control Module Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Index to continue diagnostics.

6. If no DTCs related to the concern are retrieved, carry out the Electronic Shift Function Test. Refer to Functional Test—Electronic Shift (Pinpoint Test A) in this section.

4WD Control Module Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) I ndex

DTC Description Source Action B1342 ECU is Defective 4WD

control module

CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the 4WD control module self-test. If DTC B1342 is retrieved, INSTALL a new 4WD control module. REFER to Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) Control Module in this section. CLEAR the

DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

B1355 Ignition Run Circuit Failure

4WD control module

GO to Pinpoint Test C.

B1483 Brake Pedal Input Circuit Failure

4WD control module

GO to Pinpoint Test D.

B1485 Brake Pedal Input Battery Short

4WD control module

GO to Pinpoint Test D.

B1555 Ignition Run/Start Circuit Failure

4WD control module

GO to Pinpoint Test C.

C1728 Transfer Case Unable to Transition Between

2WD HIGH and 4WD HIGH

4WD control module

CARRY OUT the electronic shift function test. REFER to Function Test — Electronic Shift (Pinpoint Test A) in

this section.

C1729 Transfer Case Unable to Transition Between

4WD HIGH and 4WD LOW

4WD control module

CARRY OUT the electronic shift function test. REFER to Function Test — Electronic Shift (Pinpoint Test A) in

this section.

P0500 Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Malfunction

4WD control module

GO to Pinpoint Test D.

P1812 Transmission 4WD Mode Select Circuit

Failure

4WD control module

GO to Pinpoint Test C.

P1815 Transmission 4WD Mode Select Short Circuit to Ground

4WD control module

GO to Pinpoint Test C.

P1816 Transmission Neutral Safety Switch Circuit

4WD control

GO to Pinpoint Test D.

Page 455: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Failure module

P1819 Transmission Neutral Safety Switch Short Circuit to Ground

4WD control module

GO to Pinpoint Test D.

P1849 Transmission Transfer Case Contact Plate A

Short Circuit to Ground

4WD control module

GO to Pinpoint Test C.

P1853 Transmission Transfer Case Contact Plate B

Short Circuit to Ground

4WD control module

GO to Pinpoint Test C.

P1857 Transmission Transfer Case Contact Plate C

Short Circuit to Ground

4WD control module

GO to Pinpoint Test C.

P1861 Transmission Transfer Case Contact Plate D

Short Circuit to Ground

4WD control module

GO to Pinpoint Test C.

P1867 Transmission Transfer Case Contact Plate

General Circuit Failure

4WD control module

GO to Pinpoint Test C.

P1891 Transmission Transfer Case Contact Plate

Ground Return Open Circuit

4WD control module

GO to Pinpoint Test C.

— For All Other DTCs 4WD control module

GO to Section 419-01

Functional Test — Electronic Shift

PINPOINT TEST A: ELECTRONIC SHIFT FUNCTIONAL TEST

CAUTION: The function test must be carried out on a hard surface in a vacant area without traffic.

CONDITIONS DETAILS/RESULTS/ACTIONS A1 CHECK INDICATOR PROVE-OUT

Start the vehicle while observing the four-wheel drive (4WD) indicators for prove-out.

• Did the indicators prove out?

Yes GO to A3.

No GO to A2.

Page 456: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

A2 CHECK FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE (4WD) CONTROL MODULE COMMUNICATION

Diagnostic Tool

Retrieve 4WD control module self-test DTCs.

• Did the 4WD control module respond?

Yes REPAIR the instrument cluster as necessary. REFER to Section 413-01.

No GO to Pinpoint Test B.

A3 CHECK FOR TWO-WHEEL DRIVE (2WD) INDICATED

Start the vehicle and allow to idle.

Apply the brake pedal and hold.

Shift the transmission to NEUTRAL.

Turn the mode select switch (MSS) to 2WD while holding the shift conditions.

Observe the 4WD HIGH and 4WD LOW indicators.

• Are both indicators off?

Yes GO to A5.

No GO to A4.

A4 CHECK FOR THE PRESENCE OF FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE (4WD)

Shift the transmission to REVERSE and back the vehicle up 3.0 meters (10 feet) to relieve driveline windup.

Drive the vehicle forward for 3.0 meters (10 feet) and stop.

Press the brake pedal and hold.

Shift the transmission to NEUTRAL. Hold the shift conditions for 20 seconds.

Execute tight turns on a hard surface.

Check for the presence of driveline windup and tire scuff.

• Is driveline windup and tire scuff present?

Page 457: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Yes RETRIEVE 4WD control module self-test DTCs. If a self-test DTC related to the concern is retrieved, REFER to the 4WD Control Module Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Index. If no DTC is retrieved, REFER to Section 308-07B and REPAIR the transfer case as necessary.

No If the 4WD HIGH indicator is ON, REFER to the symptom chart in Section 413-01to continue diagnosis. If the 4WD LOW indicator is ON, REFER to the symptom chart in Section 413-01 to continue diagnosis.

A5 VERIFY SHIFT TO 4WD HIGH

Turn the mode select switch (MSS) to 4X4 HIGH.

Listen for shift motor operation.

Wait for 20 seconds after MSS is turned to 4X4 HIGH. (The system will use up to five cycles of shift attempts trying to engage 4WD HIGH.)

• Is the 4WD HIGH indicator ON?

Yes GO to A7.

No GO to A6.

A6 ATTEMPT MECHANICAL ASSIST ENGAGEMENT

Drive the vehicle above 8 km/h (5 mph) for at least 20 seconds.

Stop the vehicle.

Observe the 4WD HIGH indicator.

• Is the 4WD HIGH indicator ON?

Yes GO to A7.

No RETRIEVE 4WD control module self-test DTCs. If a self-test DTC related to the concern is retrieved, REFER to the 4WD Control Module Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Index. If no DTC related to the concern is retrieved, GO to Pinpoint Test C.

A7 CHECK FOR MECHANICAL ENGAGEMENT OF 4WD HIGH

Drive the vehicle for two minutes above 16 km/h (10 mph).

Execute tight turns on a hard surface.

Check for the presence of driveline windup and tire scuff.

• Is driveline windup and tire scuff present?

Yes GO to A8.

No

Page 458: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

4WD HIGH did not mechanically engage. RETRIEVE 4WD control module self-test DTCs. If a self-test DTC related to the concern is retrieved, REFER to the 4WD Control Module Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Index. If no DTC related to the concern is retrieved, GO to Pinpoint Test C.

A8 CHECK FOR CORRECT INDICATOR OPERATION ON 4WD LOW ENGAGEMENT

While driving the vehicle forward above 8 km/h (5 mph), turn the MSS to 4X4 LOW while observing the indicators for five seconds.

Turn the MSS to 4X4 HIGH.

Stop the vehicle and apply the parking brake.

Shift the transmission to PARK and release the brake pedal.

• Did the 4WD LOW indicator stay off?

Yes GO to A9.

No RETRIEVE 4WD control module self-test DTCs. If a self-test DTC related to the concern is retrieved, REFER to the 4WD Control Module Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Index. If no DTC related to the concern is retrieved, GO to Pinpoint Test D.

A9 CHECK THE LOW RANGE INDICATOR ON IN ERROR

Turn the MSS to 4X4 LOW.

Apply and hold the brake pedal.

• Is the 4WD LOW indicator OFF?

Yes GO to A10.

No RETRIEVE 4WD control module self-test DTCs. If a self-test DTC related to the concern is retrieved, REFER to the 4WD Control Module Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Index. If no DTC related to the concern is retrieved, GO to Pinpoint Test D.

A10 CHECK THE LOW RANGE INDICATOR FOR ON IN 4X4 LOW

Apply and hold the brake pedal.

Shift the transmission to NEUTRAL.

Listen for shift motor operation.

Hold the shift conditions for 20 seconds. (The system will use up to five cycles of shift attempts trying to engage 4X4 LOW.)

• Is the 4WD LOW indicator ON?

Yes GO to A12.

No GO to A11.

Page 459: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

A11 ATTEMPT MECHANICAL ASSIST OF 4WD LOW ENGAGEMENT

CAUTION: Make sure there is a clear area behind the vehicle

before backing up. Shift the transmission to REVERSE and back the vehicle up 3.0 meters (10 feet) to relieve driveline windup and stop.

Drive the vehicle forward for 3.0 meters (10 feet) and stop.

Apply the brake pedal and hold.

Shift the transmission to NEUTRAL.

Observe the 4WD LOW indicator.

• Is the 4WD LOW indicator ON?

Yes GO to A12.

No RETRIEVE 4WD control module self-test DTCs. If a self-test DTC related to the concern is retrieved, REFER to the 4WD Control Module Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Index. If no DTC related to the concern is retrieved, GO to Pinpoint Test D.

A12 CHECK FOR MECHANICAL ENGAGEMENT OF 4WD LOW

NOTE: Driveline windup and tire scuff is present in both 4WD HIGH and 4WD LOW. However, vehicle speed is severely limited in 4WD LOW.

Execute tight turns on a hard surface.

Check for the presence of driveline windup, tire scuff and reduced vehicle speed.

• Is driveline windup, tire scuff and reduced speed present?

Yes GO to A13.

No 4X4 LOW did not mechanically engage. RETRIEVE 4WD control module self-test DTCs. If a self-test DTC related to the concern is retrieved, REFER to the 4WD Control Module Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Index. If no DTC related to the concern is retrieved, GO to Pinpoint Test D.

A13 CHECK FOR CORRECT INDICATOR OPERATION ON 4WD LOW DISENGAGEMENT

While driving the vehicle forward above 8 km/h (5 mph), turn the MSS to 4X4 HIGH while observing the indicators.

Turn the MSS to 4X4 LOW.

Stop the vehicle and apply the parking brake.

Shift the transmission to PARK and release the brake pedal.

• Is the 4WD LOW indicator ON?

Yes GO to A14.

Page 460: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

No RETRIEVE 4WD control module self-test DTCs. If a self-test DTC related to the concern is retrieved, REFER to the 4WD Control Module Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Index. If no DTC related to the concern is retrieved, GO to Pinpoint Test D.

A14 CHECK THE 4WD LOW INDICATOR

Turn the MSS to 4X4 HIGH.

Apply and hold the brake pedal.

• Is the 4WD LOW indicator ON?

Yes GO to A15.

No RETRIEVE 4WD control module self-test DTCs. If a self-test DTC related to the concern is retrieved, REFER to the 4WD Control Module Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Index. If no DTC related to the concern is retrieved, GO to Pinpoint Test D.

A15 CHECK FOR 4WD LOW INDICATOR OFF IN 4WD HIGH

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Shift the transmission to NEUTRAL.

Listen for shift motor operation.

Hold the shift conditions for 20 seconds. (The system will use up to five cycles of shift attempts trying to engage 4WD HIGH.)

• Is the 4WD LOW indicator OFF?

Yes GO to A17.

No GO to A16.

A16 ATTEMPT MECHANICAL ASSIST OF 4WD LOW DISENGAGEMENT

Drive the vehicle forward above 8 km/h (5 mph) for at least five seconds.

Stop the vehicle.

Apply the brake pedal and hold.

Shift the transmission to NEUTRAL.

Observe the 4WD LOW indicator.

• Is the 4WD LOW indicator OFF?

Yes GO to A17.

No RETRIEVE 4WD control module self-test DTCs. If a self-test DTC related to the concern is retrieved, REFER to the 4WD Control Module Diagnostic Trouble

Page 461: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Code (DTC) Index. If no DTC related to the concern is retrieved, GO to Pinpoint Test D.

A17 CHECK FOR MECHANICAL 4WD LOW DISENGAGEMENT AND 4WD HIGH ENGAGEMENT

Apply the brake.

CAUTION: Make sure there is a clear area behind the vehicle

before backing up. Shift the transmission to REVERSE and back the vehicle up 3.0 meters (10 feet) to relieve driveline windup.

Stop the vehicle.

Drive the vehicle forward and execute tight turns on a hard surface.

NOTE: Driveline windup and tire scuff is present in both 4WD HIGH and 4WD LOW. However, vehicle speed is severely limited in 4WD LOW.

Verify the presence of driveline windup and tire scuff. Also verify the increased vehicle speed from when 4WD LOW was engaged.

• Did 4WD HIGH engage and the vehicle speed increase?

Yes GO to A18.

No 4WD LOW is mechanically bound or locked. REPAIR the transfer case as necessary. REFER to Section 308-07B.

A18 CHECK THE 4WD HIGH TO 2WD SHIFT

Stop the vehicle.

Turn the MSS to 2WD and wait 20 seconds.

Listen for shift motor operation.

• Is the 4WD HIGH indicator OFF?

Yes GO to A20.

No GO to A19.

A19 ATTEMPT MECHANICAL ASSIST OF 4WD HIGH DISENGAGEMENT

Drive the vehicle forward above 8 km/h (5 mph) for at least 20 seconds.

Stop the vehicle.

Observe the 4WD HIGH indicator.

• Is the 4WD HIGH indicator OFF?

Yes GO to A20.

No RETRIEVE 4WD control module self-test DTCs. If a self-test DTC related to

Page 462: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

the concern is retrieved, REFER to the 4WD Control Module Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Index. If no DTC related to the concern is retrieved, GO to Pinpoint Test C.

A20 VERIFY THE TRANSFER CASE MECHANICALLY DISENGAGED

Apply the parking brake.

Rotate the front driveshaft.

• Does the front driveshaft turn?

Yes The transfer case is operating correctly. INSTRUCT the customer on correct system operation.

No The transfer case did not disengage from 4WD HIGH. REPAIR the transfer case as necessary. REFER to Section 308-07B.

Symptom Chart — Electronic Shift

Symptom Chart

Condition Possible Sources Action

• No communication with the four-wheel drive (4WD) control module

• 4WD control module.

• Central junction box (CJB).

• CJB fuse:

� 35 (15A).

� 10 (7.5A).

• Circuitry.

• GO to Pinpoint Test B.

• The vehicle does not shift between 2WD and 4WD modes correctly

• Battery junction box (BJB) fuse 13 (20A).

• Mode select switch (MSS).

• Contact plate A, B, C, or D.

• transfer case shift motor.

• Circuitry.

• 4WD control module.

• Transfer case mechanism.

• GO to Pinpoint Test C.

• The vehicle does not shift between 4WD HIGH and 4WD LOW modes correctly

• BJB fuse 13 (20A).

• Mode select switch (MSS).

• Neutral safety switch.

• GO to Pinpoint Test D.

Page 463: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

• Brake pedal position (BPP) switch.

• 4WD control module.

• Transfer case.

• Digital transmission range (TR) sensor.

• Circuitry.

• The 4WD HIGH indicator is always on—4WD system operates correctly

• Circuitry.

• Instrument cluster.

• 4WD control module.

• REFER to the symptom chart in Section 413-01to continue diagnosis.

• The 4WD LOW indicator is always on

• Powertrain control module (PCM).

• Circuitry.

• Instrument cluster.

• 4WD control module.

• REFER to the symptom chart in Section 413-01to continue diagnosis.

Pinpoint Tests — Electronic Shift

PINPOINT TEST B: NO COMMUNICATION WITH THE FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE (4WD) CONTROL MODULE

CONDITIONS DETAILS/RESULTS/ACTIONS B1 CHECK POWER TO 4WD CONTROL MODULE

4WD Control Module C281a

4WD Control Module C281b

Page 464: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Measure the voltage between 4WD control module C281a, pin 1, circuit 931 (OG) and ground; and between 4WD control module C281a, pin 2, circuit 704 (DG/LG) and ground.

• Are both voltage measurements greater than 10 volts?

Yes GO to B2.

No REPAIR the power supply as necessary. TEST the system for normal operation.

B2 CHECK 4WD CONTROL MODULE GROUND CIRCUIT

Measure the resistance between 4WD control module C281a pin 7, circuit 57 (BK), harness side and ground; and between 4WD control module C281b pin 2, circuit 570 (BK/WH), harness side and ground.

• Are both resistances less than 5 ohms?

Yes CARRY OUT the module self-test. If any DTCs are recorded, REFER to the 4WD Module Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Index in this section. If the module still does not communicate witht the diagnostic tool, REFER to Section 418-00.

Page 465: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

No REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.

PINPOINT TEST C: THE VEHICLE DOES NOT SHIFT BETWEEN 2WD AND 4WD MODES CORRECTLY

CONDITIONS DETAILS/RESULTS/ACTIONS C1 REVIEW THE DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCS)

Using the recorded results from the 4WD control module self-test:

• Are any DTCs retrieved?

Yes If DTC B1355 or DTC B1555is retrieved, GO to C15 . If DTC P1812 or DTC P1815 is retrieved, GO to C2 . If DTC P1849, DTC P1853, DTC P1857, DTC P1861, DTC P1867 or DTC P1891 is retrieved, GO to C9 .

No GO to C2.

C2 CHECK THE MODE SELECT SWITCH (MSS) — MONITOR THE 4WD CONTROL MODULE PID 4WD_SW

Monitor the 4WD control module PID 4WD_SW while cycling the MSS through 2WD, 4WD HIGH and 4WD LOW.

• Do the 4WD control module PID values agree with the MSS positions?

Yes GO to C4.

No GO to C3.

C3 CHECK THE MSS — ALL POSITIONS

Page 466: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

MSS C284

Measure the resistance between MSS C284 pin 2, component side and pin 3, component side. Refer to the following chart:

MSS Position Resistance 2WD 3,705-4,095 Ohms

4WD HIGH 1,045-1,155 Ohms

4X4 LOW 342-378 Ohms

• Are the resistances within the specified values?

Yes GO to C4.

No INSTALL a new MSS. REFER to Mode Select Switch (MSS) in this section. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

C4 CHECK CIRCUIT 435 (YE/BK) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE

4WD Control Module C281a

4WD Control Module C281b

Measure the voltage between 4WD control module C281b pin 1, circuit 435 (YE/BK), harness side and ground.

Page 467: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

• Is any voltage present?

Yes REPAIR the circuit. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

No GO to C5.

C5 CHECK CIRCUIT 435 (YE/BK) FOR AN OPEN

Measure the resistance between MSS C284 pin 3, circuit 435 (YE/BK), harness side and 4WD control module C281b, pin 1, circuit 435 (YE/BK), harness side.

• Is the resistance less than 5 ohms?

Yes GO to C6.

No REPAIR the circuit. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

C6 CHECK CIRCUIT 465 (WH/LB) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE

Measure the voltage between 4WD control module C281a pin 5, circuit 465 (WH/LB), harness side and ground.

Page 468: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

• Is any voltage present?

Yes REPAIR the circuit. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

No GO to C7.

C7 CHECK CIRCUIT 465 (WH/LB) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND

Measure the resistance between 4WD control module C281a pin 5, circuit 465 (WH/LB), harness side and ground.

• Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?

Yes GO to C8.

No REPAIR the circuit. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

C8 CHECK CIRCUIT 465 (WH/LB) FOR AN OPEN

Measure the resistance between MSS C284 pin 2, circuit 465 (WH/LB), harness side and 4WD control module C281a pin 5, circuit 465 (WH/LB), harness side.

Page 469: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

• Is the resistance less than 5 ohms?

Yes GO to C9.

No REPAIR the circuit. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

C9 CHECK CIRCUIT 762 (YE/WH), CIRCUIT 763 (OG/WH), CIRCUIT 764 (BN/WH), CIRCUIT 770 (WH), AND CIRCUIT 771 (VT/YE) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE

4WD Control Module C281a

4WD Control Module C281b

Measure the voltage between the following circuits at the 4WD control module connector pins and ground.

Circuit 4WD Control Module Connector and Pins

762 (YEWH)

C281b pin 4

763 (OG/WH)

C281b pin 13

764 (BN/WH)

C281b pin 7

770 (WH) C281a pin 15

771 (VT/YE)

C281a pin 11

Page 470: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

• Is any voltage present?

Yes REPAIR the circuit(s) in question. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

No GO to C10.

C10 CHECK CIRCUIT 762 (YE/WH), CIRCUIT 763 (OG/WH), CIRCUIT 764 (BN/WH), CIRCUIT 770 (WH), AND CIRCUIT 771 (VT/YE) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND

Shift Motor Encoder C350

Measure the resistance between the following circuits at the 4WD control module connector pins and ground.

Circuit 4WD Control Module Connector and Pins

762 (YEWH)

C281b pin 4

763 (OG/WH)

C281b pin 13

764 (BN/WH)

C281b pin 7

770 (WH) C281a pin 15

771 (VT/YE)

C281a pin 11

• Are the resistances all over 10,000 ohms?

Yes GO to C11.

No REPAIR the circuit(s) in question. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

C11 CHECK CIRCUIT 762 (YE/WH) FOR OPEN

Measure the resistance between shift motor encoder C350 pin 6, circuit 762 (YE/WH), harness side and 4WD control module C281b pin 4, circuit 762 (YE/WH), harness side.

Page 471: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

• Is the resistance less than 5 ohms?

Yes GO to C12.

No REPAIR the circuit. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

C12 CHECK CIRCUIT 763 (OG/WH), 764 (BN/WH), CIRCUIT 770 (WH), AND CIRCUIT 771 (VT/YE) FOR AN OPEN

Measure the resistance of the following circuits at the 4WD control module connector pins and shift motor encoder connector pins shown.

Circuit

4WD Control Module

Connector and Pins

Shift Motor

Encoder Connector and Pins

763 (OG/WH)

C281b pin 13

C350 pin 3

764 (BN/WH)

C281b pin 7

C350 pin 2

770 (WH) C281a pin 15

C350 pin 1

771 (VT/YE)

C281a pin 11

C350 pin 5

• Are all the resistances less than 5 ohms?

Yes GO to C13.

No REPAIR the circuit or circuit(s) in question. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

C13 CHECK CIRCUIT 777 (YE) AND CIRCUIT 778 (OG) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE

Page 472: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Measure the voltage between 4WD control module C281a pin 17, circuit 777 (YE), harness side and ground; and between 4WD control module C281a pin 8, circuit 778 (OG), harness side and ground.

• Is any voltage present?

Yes REPAIR the circuit(s). CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

No GO to C14.

C14 CHECK CIRCUIT 777 (YE) AND CIRCUIT 778 (OG) FOR AN OPEN

Shift Motor Encoder C350

Measure the resistance between 4WD control module C281a pin 17, circuit 777 (YE), harness side and shift motor encoder C350, pin 4, circuit 777 (YE), harness side; and measure the resistance between 4WD control module C281a pin 8, circuit 778 (OG), harness side and shift motor encoder C350 pin 7, circuit 778 (OG), harness side.

• Are the resistances less than 5 ohms?

Yes GO to C15.

Page 473: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

No REPAIR the suspect circuit. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

C15 CHECK CIRCUIT 777 (YE) AND CIRCUIT 778 (OG) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND

Shift Motor Encoder C350

4WD Control Module C281a

Measure the resistance between 4WD control module C281a pin 17, circuit 777 (YE), harness side and ground and between 4WD control module C281a pin 8, circuit 778 (OG), harness side and ground.

• Are the resistances more than 10,000 ohms?

Yes GO to C16.

No REPAIR the suspect circuit. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

C16 CHECK CIRCUIT 640 (RD/YE), CIRCUIT 1003 (GY/YE) AND CIRCUIT 704 (DG/LG) FOR VOLTAGE

4WD Control Module C281b

Page 474: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Measure the voltage between 4WD control module C281b pin 6, circuit 783 (GY), harness side and ground; and between 4WD control module C281a pin 9, circuit 1003 (GY/YE), harness side and ground; and between 4WD control module C281a pin 2, circuit 704 (DG/LG), harness side and ground.

• Are the voltages all over 10 volts?

Yes GO to C17.

No REPAIR the supply circuit. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

C17 CHECK CIRCUIT 931 (OG) FOR VOLTAGE

Measure the voltage between 4WD control module C281a pin 1, circuit 931 (OG), harness side and ground.

• Is the voltage between 9 and 16 volts?

Yes GO to C18.

No TEST the charging system. REFER to Section 414-00.

C18 CHECK FOR CORRECT 4WD CONTROL MODULE OPERATION

Disconnect all 4WD control module connectors (C281a, C281b) and the shift motor encoder connector (C350).

Check for:

• corrosion

Page 475: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

• pushed-out pins

Connect all 4WD control module connectors and the shift motor encoder connector making sure they seat correctly.

Operate the system and verify the concern is still present.

• Is the concern still present?

Yes GO to C19.

No The system is operating correctly at this time. Concern may have been caused by a loose or corroded connector. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

C19 CHECK THE CONTACT PLATE ENCODER SWITCH

Monitor mode select switch (MSS) PIDs 2WD and 4WD HIGH.

Monitor contact plate PIDs PLATE_A, PLATE_B, PLATE_C and PLATE_D.

Cycle the MSS to 2WD and 4WD HIGH two times.

NOTE: Contact plate PIDs can only be read for approximately two seconds. To continue reading PIDs, cycle the MSS again.

Compare the contact plate PID values for each shift position selected by the MSS.

Plate PID MSS PID

2WD MSS PID 4HIGH

PLATE_A CLOSED OPEN

PLATE_B OPEN CLOSED

PLATE_C CLOSED CLOSED

PLATE_D CLOSED OPEN

• Do the contact plate PID values agree with the MSS switch PIDs?

Yes GO to C20.

No INSTALL a new transfer case shift motor. REFER to Transfer Case Shift Motor in this

Page 476: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

section. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test. If still inoperative, INSTALL a new 4WD control module. REFER to Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) Control Module in this section.

C20 CHECK THE TRANSFER CASE

Release the parking brake.

Using a wrench, manually shift the transfer case sector shaft to the full clockwise (2WD) direction while turning the rear driveshaft.

Engage the parking brake.

Rotate the front driveshaft.

• Does the front driveshaft turn?

Yes GO to C21.

No REPAIR the transfer case. REFER to Section 308-07B. TEST the system for normal operation.

C21 CHECK THE SECTOR SHAFT TURNING EFFORT

NOTE: The transfer case has three detented shift positions. The full clockwise position is 2WD, the next position is 4WD HIGH, and the full counterclockwise position is 4WD LOW. Normal operation should not take more than 45 Nm (33 lb-ft) to manually shift the transfer case.

Release the parking brake.

Using a torque wrench, manually shift the transfer case sector shaft in a counterclockwise direction to the 4WD HIGH detent position while rotating the rear driveshaft.

• Did the torque required to shift exceed 45 Nm (33 lb-ft)?

Yes REPAIR the transfer case as necessary. REFER to Section 308-07B. TEST the system for normal operation.

No GO to C22.

C22 CHECK THE TRANSFER CASE SHIFT TO 4WD HIGH AND 4WD LOW

Apply the parking brake.

Rotate the front driveshaft.

Page 477: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

• Does the front driveshaft rotate?

Yes REPAIR the transfer case as necessary. REFER to Section 308-07B.

No INSTALL a new transfer case shift motor. REFER to Transfer Case Shift Motorin this section. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test. If still inoperative, INSTALL a new 4WD control module. REFER to Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) Control Module in this section.

PINPOINT TEST D: THE VEHICLE DOES NOT SHIFT BETWEEN 4WD HIGH AND 4WD LOW MODES CORRECTLY

CONDITIONS DETAILS/RESULTS/ACTIONS D1 REVIEW THE FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE (4WD) CONTROL MODULE DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTCs)

Using the recorded results from the 4WD control module self-test:

• Are any DTCs retrieved?

Yes If DTC P1816 is retrieved, GO to D3 . If DTC P1819 is retrieved, GO to D4 . If DTC B1483 or DTC B1485 is retrieved, GO to D8 . If DTC P0500 is retrieved, GO to D13 .

No GO to D2.

D2 VERIFY THE FUNCTION TEST HAS BEEN CARRIED OUT

Check the previous diagnostic procedure.

• Was the electronic shift function test carried out?

Yes GO to D3.

No CARRY OUT the electronic shift function test. REFER to Functional Test — Electronic Shift (Pinpoint Test A) in this section.

D3 CHECK THE DIGITAL TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR PID NTRL_SW

Monitor 4WD control module PID NTRL_SW.

Page 478: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Place the gearshift lever in NEUTRAL.

Verify 4WD control module PID reads NTRL.

Shift the gear lever through all positions while monitoring 4WD control module PID NTRL_SW.

• Does the 4WD control module PID NTRL_SW read NTRL only for the neutral position?

Yes GO to D8.

No GO to D4.

D4 CHECK CIRCUIT 463 (RD/WH) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND

Place the gearshift lever in any position except neutral.

Measure the resistance between 4WD control module C281a pin 16, circuit 463 (RD/WH), harness side and ground.

• Is the resistance more than 10,000 ohms?

Yes GO to D5.

No REPAIR the circuit. SHIFT the gear lever between NEUTRAL and PARK twice. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

D5 CHECK CIRCUIT 463 (RD/WH) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE

Page 479: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

4WD Control Module C281a

Measure the voltage between 4WD control module C281a pin 16, circuit 463 (RD/WH), harness side and ground.

• Is any voltage present?

Yes GO to D7.

No GO to D6.

D6 CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE (TR) SENSOR CIRCUIT 463 (RD/WH) FOR AN OPEN

TR Sensor C167

Measure the resistance between 4WD control module C281a pin 16, circuit 463 (RD/WH), harness side and TR sensor C167 pin 8, circuit 463 (RD/WH), harness side.

Page 480: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

• Is the resistance less than 5 ohms?

Yes GO to D8.

No REPAIR the circuit. SHIFT the gear lever between NEUTRAL and PARK twice. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

D7 CHECK CIRCUIT 463 (RD/WH) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE

Measure the voltage between 4WD control module C281a pin 16, circuit 463 (RD/WH), harness side and ground.

• Is there voltage present?

Yes REPAIR the circuit. SHIFT the gear lever between NEUTRAL and PARK twice. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

No INSTALL a new TR sensor. REFER to Section 307-01A or Section 307-01B. SHIFT the gear lever between NEUTRAL and PARK twice. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

D8 CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION (BPP) SWITCH 4WD CONTROL MODULE PID

4WD Control Module C281a

Page 481: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

4WD Control Module C281b

Apply the parking brake.

Press the brake pedal.

Monitor 4WD control module PID BOO.

• Does the PID value reflect the vehicle condition?

Yes GO to D13.

No GO to D9.

D9 CHECK CIRCUIT 810 (RD/LG) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE

4WD Control Module C281a

Measure the voltage between 4WD control module C281a pin 12, circuit 810 (RD/LG), harness side and ground.

Page 482: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

• Is there any voltage present?

Yes REPAIR the circuit. PRESS the brake pedal twice. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

No GO to D10.

D10 CHECK CIRCUIT 810 (RD/LG) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND

Measure the resistance between 4WD control module C281a pin 12, circuit 810 (RD/LG), harness side and ground.

• Is the resistance more than 10,000 ohms?

Yes GO to D11.

No REPAIR the circuit. PRESS the brake pedal twice. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

D11 CHECK CIRCUIT 810 (RD/LG) FOR VOLTAGE

Press and hold the brake pedal.

Measure the voltage between 4WD control module C281a pin 12, circuit 810 (RD/LG), harness side and ground.

Page 483: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

• Is the voltage at least 10 volts?

Yes GO to D12.

No REPAIR the circuit. PRESS the brake pedal twice. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

D12 CHECK CIRCUIT 810 (RD/LG) FOR AN OPEN

BPP C278

Measure the resistance between 4WD control module C281a pin 12, circuit 810 (RD/LG), harness side and BPP switch C278 pin 2, circuit 810 (RD/LG), harness side.

• Is the resistance less than 5 ohms?

Yes GO to D13.

No REPAIR the circuit. PRESS the brake pedal twice. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

D13 CHECK THE SPEEDOMETER

Page 484: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

4WD Control Module C281a

BPP C278

TR Sensor C167

Monitor the speedometer.

Monitor 4WD control module PID VSS2 while driving the vehicle 0 to 88.5 km/h (55 mph) at a steady rate.

• Does the 4WD control module PID VSS2 agree with the speedometer?

Yes GO to D15.

No GO to D14.

D14 CHECK POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) CIRCUIT 679 (GY/BK) FOR AN OPEN

4WD Control Module C281b

Page 485: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

PCM C175

Measure the resistance between 4WD control module 281b pin 12, circuit 679 (GY/BK), harness side and PCM C175, pin 68, circuit 679 (GY/BK), harness side.

• Is the resistance less than 5 ohms?

Yes GO to D15.

No REPAIR the circuit. DRIVE the vehicle to a speed of 40 mph (64 km/h). CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

D15 CHECK THE MODE SELECT SWITCH (MSS) — MONITOR THE 4WD CONTROL MODULE PID 4WD_SW

4WD Control Module C281b

PCM C175

Monitor the 4WD control module PID 4WD_SW while cycling the MSS through 2WD, 4WD HIGH and 4WD LOW.

Page 486: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

• Do the 4WD control module PID values agree with the MSS positions?

Yes GO to D17.

No GO to D16.

D16 CHECK THE MSS — ALL POSITIONS

MSS C284

Measure the resistance between MSS C284, pin 2, component side and pin 3, component side. Refer to the following chart:

MSS Position Resistance 2WD 3,705-4,095 Ohms

4WD HIGH 1,045-1,155 Ohms

4WD LOW 342-378 Ohms

• Are the resistances within the specified values?

Yes GO to D17.

No INSTALL a new MSS. REFER to Mode Select Switch (MSS) in this section. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

D17 CHECK FOR CORRECT 4WD CONTROL MODULE OPERATION

Disconnect all 4WD control module connectors (C281a, C281b) and the shift motor encoder connector (C350).

Check for:

Page 487: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

• corrosion

• pushed-out pins

Connect all 4WD control module connectors and the shift motor encoder connector making sure they seat correctly.

Operate the system and verify the concern is still present.

• Is the concern still present?

Yes GO to D18.

No The system is operating correctly at this time. Concern may have been caused by a loose or corroded connector. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

D18 CHECK THE CONTACT PLATE ENCODER SWITCH

Monitor mode select switch (MSS) PIDs 2WD and 4WD LOW.

Monitor contact plate PIDs PLATE_A, PLATE_B, PLATE_C and PLATE_D.

NOTE: The contact plate PIDs can only be read for approximately two seconds. to continue reading, cycle the MSS again.

Cycle the MSS to 2WD and 4X4 LOW two times.

Compare the contact plate PID values for each shift position selected by the MSS.

Plate PID MSS PID

2WD MSS PID

4LOW PLATE_A CLOSED OPEN

PLATE_B OPEN CLOSED

PLATE_C CLOSED OPEN

PLATE_D CLOSED CLOSED

• Do the contact plate PID values agree with the MSS PIDs?

Yes GO to D25.

No GO to D19.

D19 CHECK CIRCUIT 762 (YE/WH), CIRCUIT 763 (OG/WH), CIRCUIT 764 (BN/WH), CIRCUIT 770 (WH), AND CIRCUIT 771 (VT/YE) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE

Page 488: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

4WD Control Module C281a

4WD Control Module C281b

Measure the voltage between the following circuits at the 4WD control module connector pins and ground.

Circuit 4WD Control Module Connector and Pins

762 (YEWH)

C281b pin 4

763 (OG/WH)

C281b pin 13

764 (BN/WH)

C281b pin 7

770 (WH) C281a pin 15

771 (VT/YE)

C281a pin 11

• Is any voltage present?

Yes REPAIR the circuit(s) in question. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

No GO to D20.

D20 CHECK CIRCUIT 762 (YE/WH), CIRCUIT 763 (OG/WH), CIRCUIT 764 (BN/WH), CIRCUIT 770 (WH), AND CIRCUIT 771 (VT/YE) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND

Page 489: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Shift Motor Encoder C350

Measure the resistance between the following circuits at the 4WD control module connector pins and ground.

Circuit 4WD Control Module Connector and Pins

762 (YEWH)

C281b pin 4

763 (OG/WH)

C281b pin 13

764 (BN/WH)

C281b pin 7

770 (WH) C281a pin 15

771 (VT/YE)

C281a pin 11

• Are the resistances all over 10,000 ohms?

Yes GO to D21.

No REPAIR the circuit(s) in question. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

D21 CHECK CIRCUIT 762 (YE/WH) FOR AN OPEN

Measure the resistance between shift motor encoder C350 pin 6, circuit 762 (YE/WH), harness side and 4WD control module C281b pin 4, circuit 762 (YE/WH), harness side.

• Is the resistance less than 5 ohms?

Yes GO to D22.

No REPAIR the suspect circuit. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

D22 CHECK CIRCUIT 763 (OG/WH), 764 (BN/WH), CIRCUIT 770 (WH), AND CIRCUIT 771 (VT/YE) FOR AN OPEN

Page 490: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Measure the resistance of the following circuits at the 4WD control module connector pins and shift motor encoder connector pins shown.

Circuit

4WD Control Module

Connector and Pins

Shift Motor

Encoder Connector and Pins

763 (OG/WH)

C281b pin 13

C350 pin 3

764 (BN/WH)

C281b pin 7

C350 pin 2

770 (WH) C281a pin 15

C350 pin 1

771 (VT/YE)

C281a pin 11

C350 pin 5

• Are all the resistances less than 5 ohms?

Yes GO to D23.

No REPAIR the circuit or circuit(s) in question. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

D23 CHECK CIRCUIT 777 (YE) AND CIRCUIT 778 (OG) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE

Measure the voltage between 4WD control module C281a pin 17, circuit 777 (YE), harness side and ground; and between 4WD control module C281a pin 8, circuit 778 (OG), harness side and ground.

• Is any voltage present?

Yes REPAIR the circuit(s). CLEAR the DTCs.

Page 491: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

REPEAT the self-test.

No GO to D24.

D24 CHECK CIRCUIT 777 (YE) AND CIRCUIT 778 (OG) FOR AN OPEN

Measure the resistance between 4WD control module C281a pin 17, circuit 777 (YE), harness side and shift motor encoder C350 pin 4, circuit 777 (YE), harness side; and between 4WD control module C281a pin 8, circuit 778 (OG), harness side and shift motor encoder C350 pin 7, circuit 778 (OG), harness side.

• Are the resistances less than 5 ohms?

Yes GO to D25.

No REPAIR the suspect circuit. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

D25 CHECK CIRCUIT 777 (YE) AND CIRCUIT 778 (OG) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND

Measure the resistance between 4WD control module C281a pin 17, circuit 777 (YE), harness side and ground and between 4WD control module C281a pin 8, circuit 778 (OG), harness side and ground.

• Are the resistances more than 10,000 ohms?

Yes GO to D26.

No REPAIR the suspect circuit. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

D26 CHECK THE TRANSFER CASE

Page 492: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Release the parking brake.

Using a wrench, manually shift the transfer case sector shaft to the full clockwise (2WD) direction while turning the rear driveshaft.

Engage the parking brake.

Rotate the front driveshaft.

• Does the front driveshaft turn?

Yes GO to D27.

No REPAIR the transfer case as necessary. REFER to Section 308-07B. TEST the system for normal operation.

D27 CHECK THE SECTOR SHAFT TURNING EFFORT

NOTE: The transfer case has three detented shift positions. The full clockwise position is 2WD, the next position is 4WD HIGH, and the full counterclockwise position is 4WD LOW. Normal operation should not take more than 45 Nm (33 lb-ft) to manually shift the transfer case.

Release the parking brake.

Using a torque wrench, manually shift the transfer case sector shaft in a counterclockwise direction to the 4WD HIGH detent position while rotating the rear driveshaft.

• Did the torque required to shift exceed 45 Nm (33 lb-ft)?

Yes REPAIR the transfer case as necessary. REFER to Section 308-07B. TEST the system for normal operation.

No GO to D28.

D28 CHECK THE TRANSFER CASE SHIFT TO 4WD HIGH AND 4WD LOW

Apply the parking brake.

Rotate the front driveshaft.

• Does the front driveshaft rotate?

Yes REPAIR the transfer case as necessary. REFER to Section 308-07B.

No INSTALL a new transfer case shift motor. REFER to Transfer Case Shift Motor in this section. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-

Page 493: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

test. If still inoperative, INSTALL a new 4WD control module. REFER to Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) Control Module in this section. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

Page 494: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 308-07A: Four-Wheel Drive Systems 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Procedure revision date: 12/28/2001

Mode Select Switch (MSS)

Removal and Installation

1. Remove the mode select switch (MSS) knob.

2. Remove the audio unit. For additional information, refer to Section 415-01.

3. Remove the screws and pull the instrument panel center finish panel out of the instrument panel.

4. Disconnect the harness connector, remove the two screws and the MSS.

5. To install, reverse the removal procedure.

Page 495: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 308-07A: Four-Wheel Drive Systems 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Procedure revision date: 06/26/2000

Transfer Case Shift Motor

Removal and Installation

1. Set the mode select switch to the 4X4 HIGH position.

2. Raise and support the vehicle. For additional information, refer to Section 100-02.

3. Disconnect the transfer case shift motor harness connector.

4. Remove the bracket bolt and the shift motor assembly mounting bolts and remove the shift motor assembly.

5. Remove the grease from the motor adapter and check for any nicks or burrs. If any damage is found, repair or install a new transfer case shift motor as necessary. For additional information, refer to Section 308-07B.

6. To install, reverse the removal procedure.

• Apply a coat of multi-purpose grease to the transfer case shift motor.

Page 496: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 308-07A: Four-Wheel Drive Systems 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Procedure revision date: 06/26/2000

Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) Control Module

Removal and Installation

1. Remove the passenger cowl side trim panel.

2. Remove the 4WD control module.

1. Disengage the locking tangs and remove the harness connectors.

2. Remove the screws.

3. Remove the 4WD control module.

3. To install, reverse the removal procedure.

Page 497: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 308-07B: Transfer Case — Automatic Shift 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual SPECIFICATIONS Procedure revision date: 06/26/2000

General Specifications

Item Specification

Fluid

MERCON® Multi-Purpose (ATF) Transmission Fluid XT-2-QDX MERCON®

Capacity L (Pint) 1.2 (2.5)

Torque Specifications

Description Nm lb-ft lb-in Nut retaining the flange to the rear output shaft 210 162 —

Bolt retaining the rear driveshaft to the flange 111 82 —

Bolt retaining the motor assembly and connector to the transfer case cover 10 — 89

Bolt retaining the skid plate to the frame 24 18 —

Bolt retaining the damper to the transfer case 34 25 —

Drain plug 24 18 —

Bolt retaining the driveshaft CV joint to the front output shaft assembly 30 22 —

Bolt retaining the transfer case to the extension housing 54 40 —

Bolt retaining the front adapter to the transfer case 34 25 —

Bolt retaining the transfer case to the transfer case cover 34 25 —

Bolt retaining the transfer case cover to the transfer case 34 25 —

Fill plug 24 18 —

Page 498: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 308-07B: Transfer Case — Automatic Shift 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION Procedure revision date: 06/26/2000

Transfer Case

Electronic Shift Control System

Four-wheel drive mode is selected using a rotary switch located on the instrument panel. With the vehicle ignition on, the on-board controller verifies and matches the shift motor position to the switch.

To shift in and out of 4WD low, three conditions must be met:

• The automatic transmission must be in NEUTRAL or the manual clutch depressed.

• The brake must be applied.

• The vehicle speed must be less than 5 km/h (3 mph).

Electric Shift Motor

The motor assembly and connector, mounted externally on the transfer case cover, drives an electric shift cam which moves the lockup fork and the reduction fork assembly to the selected vehicle drive position. An integral position sensor provides information to the electronic module on the current motor position.

Digital Transmission Range (DTR) Sensor

The DTR sensor is located on the outside of the transmission at the manual lever. The DTR sensor completes the start circuit in PARK and NEUTRAL, the reversing lamp circuit in REVERSE and the neutral sense circuit (4x4 only) in NEUTRAL. The DTR sensor also sends a digital output signal to the powertrain control module (PCM) indicating the position of the manual lever (P, R, N, D, 2, 1).

Clutch Pedal Position Switch

The clutch pedal position switch is located on the clutch pedal bracket. On vehicles equipped with manual transmissions, the clutch pedal must be fully depressed with the vehicle stopped in order to make a range shift from 4H to 4L, or from 4L to 4H.

Brake Switch

The brake switch is located on the brake pedal. The brake must be depressed in order to make a range shift from 4WD high to 4WD low or back.

Rotary Control Switch

The rotary control switch is located on the instrument panel. The switch consists of a knob with a night time illuminated pointer. The switch is used to select 2WD, 4WD high or 4WD low. The dash indicator light will illuminate when the 4WD high or low position is engaged.

Control Module, Electronic

The electronic control module controls the operation of the transfer case in response to the inputs from the brake switch, the DTR sensor, the clutch interlock switch, and the motor assembly through the actuation of the rotary control switch.

Transfer Case Power Flow

The Borg-Warner 13-54 Electric Shift Transfer Case provides LOW RANGE driving. This system has no selectable neutral.

In the 4x2 mode, torque from the transmission is transferred to the input shaft assembly, which in turn drives the rear output shaft that drives the rear axle assembly.

Page 499: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

The 2W-4W shift is accomplished through the shifting of the lockup collar that engages the drive sprocket on the rear output shaft. The drive sprocket turns the drive chain, which turns the driven sprocket on the front output shaft assembly. The front output shaft assembly then drives the front driveshaft.

The high-low shift is accomplished when the reduction fork assembly moves the reduction hub to engage the complete carrier assembly to the output shaft. Torque from the input shaft assembly is then transmitted through the sun gear, which then turns the complete carrier assembly. The complete carrier assembly, now engaged to the output shaft, provides the reduction.

The unit is lubricated by a gerotor oil pump assembly that pumps the oil through the bore in the rear output shaft.

Page 500: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 308-07B: Transfer Case — Automatic Shift 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING Procedure revision date: 06/26/2000

Transfer Case

Refer to Section 308-07A.

Page 501: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 308-07B: Transfer Case — Automatic Shift 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual GENERAL PROCEDURES Procedure revision date: 06/26/2000

Transfer Case Draining and Filling

1. Remove the drain plug and drain the fluid.

• Clean and install the drain plug after fluid is drained.

2. CAUTION: Incorrect fluid fill can result in transf er case failure.

NOTE: Clean the area around the fill plug.

Remove the fill plug and fill the transfer case.

• The fluid must be just below the fill plug hole. Because you can reach the fluid with a finger does not mean the fluid is at the correct level. Make sure the fluid is level with the filler opening for the correct fluid level.

• The total transfer case fill capacity is 1.2 liter (2.5 pints).

Page 502: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

3. Install the fill plug.

Page 503: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 308-07B: Transfer Case — Automatic Shift 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual IN-VEHICLE REPAIR Procedure revision date: 06/26/2000

Transfer Case Rear Output Shaft Oil Seal

Special Tool(s)

Holding Fixture, Drive Pinion Flange 205-126 (T78P-4851-A)

Installer, Drive Pinion Oil Seal 205-304 (T90T-4676-A)

Installer, Transmission Output Shaft Flange 205-495

Remover, Oil Seal 303-409 (T92C-6700-CH)

Material

Item Specification Threadlock and Sealer E0AZ-19554-AA

WSK-M2G351-A5

Removal

1. With the vehicle in NEUTRAL, raise and support the vehicle. For additional information, refer to Section 100-02.

2. CAUTION: Index-mark the front flange on the rear d riveshaft and the flange on the transfer case.

Disconnect the rear driveshaft from the transfer case and position the driveshaft aside.

1. Index-mark the front flange on the driveshaft and the flange on the transfer case.

2. Remove and discard the four bolts.

3. Disconnect the driveshaft from the transfer case and position the driveshaft aside.

Page 504: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

3. CAUTION: Index-mark the rear output shaft and the flange.

CAUTION: The nut has a self-locking feature. Disca rd the nut and the washer after removing them.

Use the special tool to prevent the flange from turning. Remove and discard the nut and the washer.

4. Using a suitable puller, remove the flange.

5. Remove the oil seal if it remains on the rear output shaft.

6. Using the special tool, remove the oil seal.

Page 505: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Installation

1. Clean the seal mounting surface.

2. Using the special tool, install the new oil seal.

3. CAUTION: Align the index marks.

NOTE: Be sure the oil seal is not on the shaft before installing the flange.

Position the flange on the rear output shaft. If necessary, reseat the oil seal in the flange.

4. Install a new oil seal in the flange.

5. Using the special tool, install the flange. Tighten the nut on the special tool to 54 Nm (40 lb-ft) to seat the flange on the shaft.

6. Use the special tool to prevent the flange from turning. Install a new washer and a new nut.

Page 506: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

7. CAUTION: Align the index marks.

NOTE: Install the driveshaft with new bolts. If new bolts are not available, coat the threads of the original bolts with threadlock and sealer.

Connect the driveshaft to the transfer case and install the bolts.

8. Check the transfer case fluid level. If necessary, fill the transfer case to the correct level with the specified fluid. For additional information, refer to Transfer Case Draining and Filling in this section.

9. Lower the vehicle.

Page 507: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 308-07B: Transfer Case — Automatic Shift 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual IN-VEHICLE REPAIR Procedure revision date: 06/26/2000

Transfer Case Rear Output Shaft Flange

Special Tool(s)

Holding Fixture, Drive Pinion Flange 205-126 (T78P-4851-A)

Installer, Transfer Case Output Flange 205-495

Removal

1. With the vehicle in NEUTRAL, raise and support the vehicle. For additional information, refer to Section 100-02.

2. CAUTION: Index-mark the front flange on the rear d riveshaft and the flange (7B214) on the transfer case (7005).

Disconnect the rear driveshaft from the transfer case and position the driveshaft aside.

1. Index-mark the front flange on the driveshaft and the flange on the transfer case.

2. Remove and discard the four bolts.

3. Disconnect the driveshaft from the transfer case and position the driveshaft aside.

3. CAUTION: Index-mark the rear output shaft and the flange.

CAUTION: The nut has a self-locking feature. Disca rd the nut and the washer after removing them.

Use the special tool to prevent the flange from turning. Remove and discard the nut and the washer (7B368).

Page 508: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

4. Using a suitable puller, remove the flange.

5. Remove the oil seal (7052) if it remains on the rear output shaft.

Installation

1. Install the oil seal in the flange.

2. CAUTION: Align the index marks.

Position the flange on the rear output shaft. If necessary, reseat the oil seal in the flange.

3. Using the special tool, install the flange. Tighten the nut on the special tool to 54 Nm (40 lb-ft) to seat the flange on the shaft.

Page 509: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

4. Use the special tool to prevent the flange from turning. Install the new washer and the new nut.

5. CAUTION: Align the index marks.

NOTE: Install the driveshaft with new bolts. If new bolts are not available, coat the threads of the original bolts with Threadlock and Sealer E0AZ-19554-AA or equivalent meeting Ford specification WSK-M2G351-A5.

Connect the driveshaft to the transfer case and install the bolts.

6. Lower the vehicle.

Page 510: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 308-07B: Transfer Case — Automatic Shift 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual IN-VEHICLE REPAIR Procedure revision date: 06/26/2000

Transfer Case Shift Motor

Removal and Installation

1. Raise and support the vehicle. For additional information, refer to Section 100-02.

2. Disconnect the transfer case harness connector.

3. Remove the two bolts retaining the harness to the motor assembly and connector.

4. Remove the rear bolt.

5. Remove the remaining front bolt and the motor assembly and connector. Note the position of the triangular shaft extending out of the transfer case cover.

Page 511: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

6. CAUTION: Do not gouge or nick the aluminum surface .

Clean the mating surfaces of the motor and the transfer case cover.

7. CAUTION: Install the motor within 15 minutes of ap plying the silicone sealant or it will be necessary to apply new sealan t. If possible, allow one hour before filling the transfer case with lubricant to allow the silicone sealant to cure.

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

• Apply a thin coat of Ultra Silicone Sealant F7TZ-19554-AA or equivalent to the motor housing base.

Page 512: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 308-07B: Transfer Case — Automatic Shift 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual IN-VEHICLE REPAIR Procedure revision date: 06/26/2000

Damper

Removal

1. Raise the vehicle on a hoist. For additional information, refer to Section 100-02.

2. Remove the four bolts and the damper.

Installation

1. NOTE: If new bolts are not available, coat the threads of the used bolts with Ford Threadlock® 262 or equivalent meeting Ford specification WSK-M2G315-A5 Type 1.

Follow the removal procedure in reverse order.

SECTION 308-07B: Transfer Case — Automatic Shift 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Procedure revision date: 03/01/2004

Page 513: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Transfer Case

Special Tool(s)

Adapter for (Handle) 303-224 205-153 (T80T-4000-W)

Collet (1-Inch to 1-1/4-Inch) 303-D021 (D80L-100-S) or equivalent

Holding Fixture, Drive Pinion Flange 205-126 (T78P-4851-A)

Holding Fixture, Transmission 307-003 (T57L-500-B)

Installer, Drive Pinion Oil Seal 205-304 (T90T-4676-A)

Installer, Input Shaft Bearing 308-085 (T83T-7025-C)

Installer, Needle Bearing 308-089 (T83T-7127-A)

Installer, Shaft Bearing Cone 308-169 (T88T-7025-B)

Page 514: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Installer, Transmission Output Shaft Flange 205-495

Installer, Valve Stem Oil Seal 303-367 (T90P-6510-AH)

Installer, Wheel Hub Bearing Cup 204-020 (T73T-1202-A)

Plate, Bearing Oil Seal 205-090 (T75L-1165-B)

Puller, Bearing 205-D064 (D84L-1123-A) or equivalent

Remover, Input Shaft Bearing 308-201 (T91T-7127-A)

Remover, Oil Seal 303-409 (T92C-6700-CH)

Remover, Stator Bearing 307-318 (T94P-77001-KH)

Slide Hammer 100-001 (T50T-100-A)

Page 515: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Material

Item Specification Motorcraft MERCON® Multi-Purpose (ATF) Transmission Fluid XT-2-QDX

MERCON®

Ultra Silicone Sealant F7TZ-19554-AA

Dana 5-17

Disassembly

Transfer Case Disassembled View

Page 516: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Item Part Number Description 1 7050 Front adapter assembly

2 7B215 Oil seal (also part of 7050)

3 — Spiral pin (part of 7050)

4 — Front adapter (part of 7050)

5 7917 Snap ring (also part of 7050)

6 7917 Snap ring

7 7025 Bearing

8 7A385 Thrust washer

9 7C122 Snap ring

10 7B066 Thrust plate

11 7D063 Sun gear

12 7017 Input shaft assembly

13 — Snap ring

14 7D164 Lockup hub

15 7D126 Sleeve return spring

16 7106 Lockup collar

17 7177 Drive sprocket

18 7065 Sleeve bearing (also part of 7017)

19 7120 Needle bearing (also part of 7017)

20 — Input shaft (part of 7017)

21 — Pinion thrust washer (part of 7A398)

22 — Needle roller bearing (part of 7A398)

23 — Pinion needle spacer (part of 7A398)

24 — Pinion gear (part of 7A398)

25 7A398 Complete carrier assembly

26 — Planet pinion pin (part of 7A398)

27 — Planet carrier (part of 7A398)

28 7A443 Bolt

29 7034 Breather barb

30 7A153 Ring gear (part of 7005)

31 7100 Reduction hub

32 — Shaft assembly

33 7B362 Spring pin (also part of 7005)

34 — Output shaft

35 7A149 Pump assembly

36 — Hose clamp

37 — Hose

38 7A098 Oil strainer

39 7C430 Shift fork facing (also part of 7289)

40 — Reduction shift fork (part of 7289)

Page 517: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

41 7289 Lockup fork

42 7219 Return spring

43 7100 Shift collar hub

44 7917 Snap ring (also part of 7005)

45 7025 Bearing (also part of 7005)

46 — Transfer cover assembly (part of 7005)

47 — Identification tag

48 7A443 Bolt

49 7A443 Bolt

50 7K470 Bracket

51 — Bolt

52 — J clip

53 7045 Nut

54 7B368 Washer

55 7052 Oil seal

56 7B214 Flange

57 7G360 Motor assembly and connector

58 7B215 Oil seal

59 7072 Spacer

60 7A010 Pipe plug

61 7B216 Oil seal (also part of 7005)

62 — Transfer case cover (part of 7005)

63 — Drive chain

64 7917 Snap ring

65 7127 Needle bearing (also part of 7005)

66 7119 Spacer

67 7240 Shift rail

68 — Driven sprocket

69 7F063 Electric shift cam

70 7W074 Torsion spring

71 7Z112 Spacer

72 7N095 Shift shaft

73 — Cam pin (part of 7289)

74 — Cam roller (part of 7289)

75 7289 Reduction fork assembly

76 7E290 Magnet

77 7917 Snap ring

78 7917 Snap ring (also part of 7005)

79 7025 Bearing (also part of 7005)

80 7B362 Dowel pin (also part of 7005)

81 — Transfer Case (part of 7005)

Page 518: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

82 7005 Transfer case assembly

83 7B215 Oil seal

84 7C016 Dust deflector (also part of 7061)

85 7061 Front output shaft assembly

86 — Front output shaft (part of 7061)

1. Remove the transfer case from the vehicle. For additional information, refer to Transfer Case in this section.

2. Attach the transfer case to the special tool.

3. CAUTION: Index-mark the rear output shaft and the flange.

CAUTION: The nut has a self-locking feature. Disca rd the nut and the washer after removing them.

Use the special tool to prevent the flange from turning. Remove and discard the nut and the washer.

4. Using a suitable puller, remove the flange.

5. Remove the oil seal if it remains on the rear output shaft.

Page 519: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

6. Using the special tool, remove the oil seal.

7. Remove the spacer.

8. Remove the bolts retaining the harness to the motor assembly and connector.

9. Remove the rear bolt.

Page 520: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

10. Remove the front bolt and the motor assembly and connector.

11. Remove the bolts that retain the transfer case cover to the transfer case.

12. Remove the bolts that retain the transfer case to the transfer case cover.

13. NOTE: Position the assembly so that the front of the transfer case is facing downward.

Insert a breaker bar between the pry bosses, and separate the transfer case cover from the transfer case.

Page 521: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

14. Remove the snap ring that retains the bearing in the case.

15. Using the special tools, remove the bearing.

16. Using the special tools, remove the needle bearing.

17. Remove the following:

1. Remove the shift collar hub.

2. Remove the return spring.

3. Remove the lockup collar and the lockup fork as an assembly.

4. Remove the electric shift cam assembly.

5. Remove the shift rail.

Page 522: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

18. Remove the snap ring.

19. Remove the lockup hub and the sleeve return spring from the lockup collar.

20. Remove the snap ring and the spacer.

21. Remove the drive chain, the driven sprocket, and the drive sprocket as an assembly.

Page 523: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

22. Remove the magnet and the oil strainer from the slot in the transfer case.

23. Remove the rear output shaft and the pump assembly as an assembly.

24. Rotate the pump assembly to align the keyway in the cover and the spring pin in the rear output shaft, and separate the pump from the shaft.

25. CAUTION: The height of the oil pump spring pin mus t be measured before removal so that during assembly, it can be installe d at the correct height to make sure that the oil pump shaft rotates with the rear output shaft.

Using a micrometer, measure and record the pump drive pin height above the diameter of the rear output shaft, and remove the drive pin from the rear output shaft.

Page 524: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

26. CAUTION: Do not let the front output shaft assembl y fall out of the case while removing the snap ring.

Remove the snap ring. Discard the snap ring if deformed during removal.

27. Remove the front output shaft assembly.

28. Remove the reduction fork assembly and the reduction hub as an assembly.

29. Remove the six bolts retaining the front adapter assembly to the case.

Page 525: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

30. Remove the front adapter assembly, the input shaft assembly, and the complete carrier assembly as an assembly.

31. Using snap ring pliers, expand the tangs of the large snap ring and remove the complete carrier assembly and the input shaft assembly from the front adapter.

32. Remove the large snap ring from the front adapter.

33. Using a suitable tool, remove the oil seal from the front adapter.

Page 526: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

34. Remove the snap ring.

35. Using the special tool and a suitable press, remove the bearing.

36. Remove the thrust washer and the input shaft assembly.

37. Remove the snap ring, the thrust plate, and the sun gear.

Page 527: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

38. NOTE: Remove and discard both the sleeve bearing and the needle bearing if either one is worn/damaged.

Using the special tools and a suitable press, remove the needle bearing and the sleeve bearing from the input shaft.

39. Using a suitable tool, remove the oil seal.

40. Remove the snap ring retaining the bearing to the case.

41. Using the special tools, remove the bearing.

Page 528: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

42. Using a suitable tool, remove the oil seal.

43. Remove the shift fork facings.

44. Remove the electric shift cam from the shift shaft.

45. WARNING: Keep fingers away from spring ends. Failu re to follow these instructions can result in personal injury.

Remove the torsion spring and the spacer from the shift shaft.

Page 529: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Assembly

NOTE: Prior to assembly, lubricate all parts with MERCON® Multi-Purpose (ATF) Transmission Fluid.

1. Using the special tools and a suitable press, install the bearing.

2. Install the snap ring.

3. Using the special tool, install the oil seal.

4. CAUTION: Do not crush the needle bearing.

Using the special tools and a suitable press, install the needle bearing.

Page 530: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

5. Using the special tools and a suitable press, install the sleeve bearing.

6. NOTE: The recessed face of the sun gear must face the rear of the transfer case.

Install the sun gear, the thrust plate, and the snap ring.

7. NOTE: The stepped face of the thrust washer must face upward.

Install the input shaft assembly and the thrust washer.

8. NOTE: Install the bearing on the input shaft assembly so that the snap ring groove in the bearing is closest to the top of the planet carrier.

Using a suitable press, install the bearing.

Page 531: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

9. Install the snap ring.

10. Using the special tool, install the oil seal.

11. Install the large snap ring in the groove in the front adapter.

12. CAUTION: Install the front adapter within 15 minut es of applying the silicone sealant or it will be necessary to apply n ew sealant. If possible, allow one hour before filling the transfer case with lubr icant to allow the silicone sealant to cure.

Apply a 3-mm (1/8-inch) bead of silicone sealant to the front adapter mounting surface of the transfer case.

Page 532: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

13. Position the front adapter on the transfer case, and install the six bolts.

14. Install the input shaft assembly and the complete carrier assembly as an assembly.

• Align the pinion gears gear teeth and the ring gear teeth. Expand the snap ring and push inward on the planet carrier until the input shaft assembly seats fully in the front adapter. Verify that the snap ring engaged the assembly by holding the front adapter and lightly tapping the face of the input shaft assembly against a wooden block.

15. Attach the front case to the special tool.

16. Install the new shift fork facings. Verify that they snap securely into place.

Page 533: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

17. Install the reduction hub and the reduction fork assembly as an assembly.

18. CAUTION: The oil pump spring pin must be installed at the correct height to make sure that the oil pump shaft rotates with t he rear output shaft.

NOTE: If a measurement was not taken during disassembly, install the pin to the correct height specification using a micrometer.

Press the pin into the rear output shaft pin hole to the previously measured height.

19. NOTE: Do not remove the plastic insert from the bore of a new pump assembly. Discard it after it slides out of the bore during the pump assembly installation on the rear output shaft.

Install the pump assembly on the rear output shaft.

• Align the keyway in the cover and the spring pin in the rear output shaft and fully seat the pump assembly on the shaft. The shaft will rotate freely in the pump assembly when the pump assembly is fully seated.

Page 534: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

20. If the pump assembly does not turn freely, realign the keyway and the spring pin and jiggle the pump assembly until it seats fully and rotates freely on the shaft.

21. Prime the pump assembly.

• Submerge the pump in a container full of clean MERCON® Multi-Purpose (ATF) Transmission Fluid.

22. Install the rear output shaft and the pump assembly.

23. Install the oil strainer and the magnet in the slot in the case.

24. Install the front output shaft assembly.

Page 535: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

25. Install the snap ring.

26. Install the drive chain, the drive sprocket and the driven sprocket as an assembly.

27. Install the spacer and the snap ring.

Page 536: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

28. Install the shift rail through the reduction shift fork. Verify that the shift rail seats in the case bore.

29. Slide the spacer and the torsion spring on the shift shaft and position it beneath the drive tang.

30. WARNING: Keep fingers away from spring ends. Failu re to follow these instructions can result in personal injury.

Position the first spring tang to the left of the drive tang.

31. WARNING: Keep fingers away from spring ends. Failu re to follow these instructions can result in personal injury.

Wind the second spring tang clockwise past the drive tang, and push the torsion spring and sleeve in as far as it will go.

Page 537: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

32. Install the electric shift cam, and slide the drive tang between the torsion spring tangs as far as it will go.

33. CAUTION: Do not bend the cam during installation. This will damage the pin on the end of the shift shaft.

Install the pin on the end of the shift shaft into the hole in the case.

34. Position the torsion spring tangs so that they point toward the top side of the case and just touch the reduction shift fork.

35. Assemble the lockup assembly.

Page 538: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

36. Press downward on the lockup hub and install the snap ring.

37. Install the lockup fork and the lockup collar as an assembly.

38. NOTE: After the lockup fork is released, verify that the cam roller is resting on the top surface of the electric shift cam and not into an inside track.

The triangular shaft will be in the two-wheel high (2H) position at final assembly.

39. Lift upward on the lockup fork slightly while holding down on the shift rail and rotate the electric shift cam track into the cam roller by turning the shift shaft.

Page 539: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

40. Install the shift collar hub and the return spring.

41. CAUTION: Do not crush the needle bearing.

Using the special tools and a suitable press, install the needle bearing.

42. Using the special tools and a suitable press, install the bearing.

43. Install the snap ring that retains the bearing to the transfer case cover.

Page 540: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

44. Using the special tool, install the oil seal.

45. CAUTION: Assemble the cases within 15 minutes of a pplying the silicone sealant or it will be necessary to apply new sealan t. If possible, allow one hour before filling the transfer case with lubricant to allow the silicone sealant to cure.

Apply a 3-mm (1/8-in) bead of silicone sealant to the mating surface of the front case.

46. Assemble the cases.

• Align the output shaft, the shift shaft, and the return spring to their respective bores in the transfer case cover.

47. Install the bolts.

48. Install the bolts.

Page 541: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

49. Install the spacer on the rear output shaft.

50. Using the special tool, install the oil seal.

51. CAUTION: Align the index marks.

NOTE: Be sure the oil seal is not on the shaft before installing the shaft.

Position the flange on the rear output shaft. If necessary, reseat the oil seal in the flange.

52. Install a new oil seal in the flange.

53. Using the special tool, install the flange. Tighten the nut on the special tool to 54 Nm (40 lb-ft) to seat the flange on the shaft.

Page 542: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

54. Use the special tool to prevent the flange from turning. Install a new washer and a new nut.

55. If the shift shaft will not stay in the 4H position, rotate the shift shaft clockwise to the 2H position. During motor assembly and connector installation, rotate the motor assembly counterclockwise until the motor assembly aligns with the mounting holes.

56. CAUTION: Install the motor assembly within 15 minu tes of applying the silicone sealant or it will be necessary to apply n ew sealant. If possible, allow one hour before filling the transfer case with lubr icant to allow the silicone sealant to cure.

Apply a thin coat of silicone sealant to the base of the motor housing.

57. Install the motor assembly and connector.

Page 543: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

58. Install the transfer case. For additional information, refer to Transfer Case in this section.

SECTION 308-07B: Transfer Case — Automatic Shift 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual REMOVAL Procedure revision date: 06/26/2000

Transfer Case

1. With the vehicle in NEUTRAL, raise and support the vehicle. For additional information, refer to Section 100-02.

2. Remove the skid plate.

3. Remove the damper, if so equipped.

4. Disconnect the transfer case harness connector and position it aside.

Page 544: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

5. If transfer case (7005) disassembly is necessary, remove the drain plug and drain the fluid.

• Install the drain plug when all of the fluid has drained.

6. CAUTION: Index-mark the front output shaft assembl y and the front driveshaft constant velocity (CV) joint.

CAUTION: Always disconnect the front driveshaft fr om the transfer case first. Otherwise, the weight of the driveshaft can pinch the boot between the shaft and the boot can and cause the boot to tear.

Disconnect the front driveshaft from the transfer case and position the driveshaft aside.

1. Index-mark the front output shaft assembly and the front driveshaft constant velocity (CV) joint.

2. Remove and discard the bolts and washers.

3. Disconnect the front driveshaft from the transfer case and position the driveshaft aside.

7. CAUTION: Index-mark the front flange on the rear d riveshaft and the flange (7B214) on the transfer case.

Remove the rear driveshaft. For additional information, refer to Section 205-01.

8. WARNING: Secure the transfer case to the jack with safety straps.

Page 545: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

Position a high lift jack under the transfer case.

9. Remove the transfer case from the vehicle.

1. Remove the five bolts retaining the transfer case to the extension housing.

2. Slide the transfer case rearward and off of the transmission output shaft.

3. Remove and discard the front extension housing gasket (7086), and clean the mating surfaces.

Page 546: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001

SECTION 308-07B: Transfer Case — Automatic Shift 2001 Ranger Workshop Manual INSTALLATION Procedure revision date: 06/26/2000

Transfer Case

1. NOTE: Install the transfer case with a new gasket.

NOTE: Tighten the bolts that retain the transfer case to the extension housing in a clockwise direction beginning with the upper LH bolt.

NOTE: Install the front driveshaft with new bolts and washers and the rear driveshaft with new bolts. If new bolts are not available, coat the threads of the original bolts with Threadlock and Sealer E0AZ-19554-AA or equivalent meeting Ford specification WSK-M2G351-A5.

NOTE: When installing the front driveshaft, always connect it to the axle first and then connect it to the transfer case.

NOTE: Align the index marks when installing the front and rear driveshafts.

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

2. Check and, if necessary, fill the transfer case with the specified type and quantity of fluid. For additional information, refer to Transfer Case Draining and Filling in this section.

Page 547: manual de taller ranger (ford) a partir del 2001